Rover 214 1989 1995 User Manual

1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
Rover 214 & 414
Service and Repair Manual
Mark Coombs and Christopher Rogers
Models covered
Covers major mechanical features of Cabriolet Does not cover Diesel engine models
(1689-288-9AA3)
© Haynes Publishing 1997
A book in the Haynes Service and Repair Manual Series
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording or by any information storage or retrieval system, without permission in writing from the copyright holder.
ISBN 1 85960 458 7
British Library Cataloguing in Publication Data
A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library.
Printed by J H Haynes & Co. Ltd, Sparkford, Nr Yeovil,
Somerset BA22 7JJ Haynes Publishing
Sparkford, Nr Yeovil, Somerset BA22 7JJ, England
Haynes North America, Inc
861 Lawrence Drive, Newbury Park, California 91320, USA
Editions Haynes S.A.
147/149, rue Saint Honoré, 75001 PARIS, France
Haynes Publishing Nordiska AB
Fyrisborgsgatan 5, 754 50 Uppsala, Sverige
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
LIVING WITH YOUR ROVER 214 & 414
Introduction Page 0•4 Safety First! Page 0•5
Roadside Repairs
Introduction Page 0•6 If your car won’t start Page 0•6 Jump starting Page 0•7 Wheel changing Page 0•8 Identifying leaks Page 0•9 Towing Page 0•9
Weekly Checks
Introduction Page 0•10 Underbonnet check points Page 0•10 Engine oil level Page 0•11 Coolant level Page 0•11 Brake fluid level Page 0•12 Screen washer fluid level Page 0•12 Power steering fluid level Page 0•13 Wiper blades Page 0•13 Tyre condition and pressure Page 0•14 Electrical systems Page 0•15 Battery Page 0•15
Lubricants, Fluids, Capacities and Tyre Pressures Page 0•16
MAINTENANCE
Routine Maintenance and Servicing Page 1•1 Maintenance schedule Page 1•3 Maintenance procedures Page 1•6
Contents
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
REPAIRS AND OVERHAUL
Engine and Associated Systems
Engine in-car repair procedures Page 2A•1 Engine removal and general overhaul procedures Page 2B•1 Cooling, heating and ventilation systems Page 3•1 Fuel and exhaust systems - carburettor engines Page 4A•1 Fuel and exhaust systems - single-point fuel injected engines Page 4B•1 Fuel and exhaust systems - multi-point fuel injected engines Page 4C•1 Emission control systems Page 4D•1 Ignition system - carburettor engines Page 5A•1 Ignition system - fuel injected engines Page 5B•1 Starting and charging systems Page 5C•1
Transmission
Clutch Page 6•1 Gearbox Page 7•1 Driveshafts Page 8•1
Brakes and Suspension
Braking system Page 9•1 Suspension and steering Page 10•1
Body Equipment
Bodywork and fittings Page 11•1 Body electrical systems Page 12•1
Wiring Diagrams Page 12•20
REFERENCE
Dimensions and Weights Page REF•1 Conversion Factors Page REF•2 Buying Spare Parts and Vehicle Identification Page REF•3 General Repair Procedures Page REF•4 Jacking and Vehicle Support Page REF•5 Radio/cassette Anti-theft System - precaution Page REF•5 Tools and Working Facilities Page REF•6 MOT Test Checks Page REF•8 Fault Finding Page REF•12 Glossary of Technical Terms Page REF•19
Index Page REF•24
Contents
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
0•4
The Rover 214 Hatchback and 414 Saloon models covered in this Manual are a much­developed version of the original 213 and 216 models first launched in 1984. The 214 five-door model was the first to be introduced in October 1989 and was closely followed by the 414 model introduced in March 1990. The 214 model range was further updated in September 1990 when a three-door variant was introduced.
All models are fitted with the new 1.4 litre ‘K’ series engine. The 214 S model (first introduced in September 1990) has an eight­valve single overhead camshaft version of the engine which is fed by an SU KIF carburettor.
All other 214 and 414 models are equipped with a sixteen-valve double overhead camshaft version of the engine which is controlled by a Rover/Motorola Modular Engine Management System (MEMS) with either single-point fuel injection (SPi) or multi­point fuel injection (MPi). All versions of the engine are able to accept a full range of emission control systems, up to and including a three-way regulated catalytic converter.
The five-speed transmission, which is a joint development by Rover and Peugeot engineers, is of Peugeot design and produced by Rover. The transmission is fitted to the left-
hand end of the engine. The complete engine/transmission unit is mounted transversely across the front of the car and drives the front wheels through unequal­length driveshafts.
The front suspension incorporates MacPherson struts and the rear is of the double wishbone type.
Braking is by discs at the front and drums at the rear, with a dual-circuit hydraulic system. On all models in the range, an Anti­lock Braking System (ABS) was offered as an optional extra. If ABS is fitted, then braking is by discs both at the front and rear.
Rover 114GTa Rover Metro 1.1S
Introduction
Acknowledgements
The aim of this manual is to help you get the best value from your vehicle. It can do so in several ways. It can help you decide what work must be done (even should you choose to get it done by a garage), provide information on routine maintenance and servicing, and give a logical course of action
and diagnosis when random faults occur. However, it is hoped that you will use the manual by tackling the work yourself. On simpler jobs it may even be quicker than booking the car into a garage and going there twice, to leave and collect it. Perhaps most important, a lot of money can be saved by
avoiding the costs a garage must charge to cover its labour and overheads.
The manual has drawings and descriptions to show the function of the various components so that their layout can be understood. Then the tasks are described and photographed in a clear step-by-step sequence.
Your Rover 214 & 414 Manual
Thanks are due to Champion Spark Plug who supplied the illustrations showing spark plug conditions, and to Duckhams Oils who provided lubrication data. Thanks are also due to Sykes-Pickavant Limited, who supplied some of the workshop tools, and to
all those people at Sparkford who helped in the production of this Manual.
We take great pride in the accuracy of information given in this manual, but vehicle manufacturers make alterations and design changes during the production
run of a particular vehicle of which they do not inform us. No liability can be accepted by the authors or publishers for loss, damage or injury caused by any errors in, or omissions from the information given.
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
0•5
Safety First!
Working on your car can be dangerous. This page shows just some of the potential risks and hazards, with the aim of creating a safety-conscious attitude.
General hazards
Scalding
• Don’t remove the radiator or expansion tank cap while the engine is hot.
• Engine oil, automatic transmission fluid or power steering fluid may also be dangerously hot if the engine has recently been running.
Burning
• Beware of burns from the exhaust system and from any part of the engine. Brake discs and drums can also be extremely hot immediately after use.
Crushing
• When working under or near a raised vehicle, always supplement the jack with axle stands, or use drive-on ramps.
Never venture under a car which is only supported by a jack.
• Take care if loosening or tightening high­torque nuts when the vehicle is on stands. Initial loosening and final tightening should be done with the wheels on the ground.
Fire
• Fuel is highly flammable; fuel vapour is explosive.
• Don’t let fuel spill onto a hot engine.
• Do not smoke or allow naked lights (including pilot lights) anywhere near a vehicle being worked on. Also beware of creating sparks (electrically or by use of tools).
• Fuel vapour is heavier than air, so don’t work on the fuel system with the vehicle over an inspection pit.
• Another cause of fire is an electrical overload or short-circuit. Take care when repairing or modifying the vehicle wiring.
• Keep a fire extinguisher handy, of a type suitable for use on fuel and electrical fires.
Electric shock
• Ignition HT voltage can be dangerous, especially to people with heart problems or a pacemaker. Don’t work on or near the ignition system with the engine running or the ignition switched on.
• Mains voltage is also dangerous. Make sure that any mains-operated equipment is correctly earthed. Mains power points should be protected by a residual current device (RCD) circuit breaker.
Fume or gas intoxication
• Exhaust fumes are poisonous; they often contain carbon monoxide, which is rapidly fatal if inhaled. Never run the engine in a confined space such as a garage with the doors shut.
• Fuel vapour is also poisonous, as are the vapours from some cleaning solvents and paint thinners.
Poisonous or irritant substances
• Avoid skin contact with battery acid and with any fuel, fluid or lubricant, especially antifreeze, brake hydraulic fluid and Diesel fuel. Don’t syphon them by mouth. If such a substance is swallowed or gets into the eyes, seek medical advice.
• Prolonged contact with used engine oil can cause skin cancer. Wear gloves or use a barrier cream if necessary. Change out of oil­soaked clothes and do not keep oily rags in your pocket.
• Air conditioning refrigerant forms a poisonous gas if exposed to a naked flame (including a cigarette). It can also cause skin burns on contact.
Asbestos
• Asbestos dust can cause cancer if inhaled or swallowed. Asbestos may be found in gaskets and in brake and clutch linings. When dealing with such components it is safest to assume that they contain asbestos.
Special hazards
Hydrofluoric acid
• This extremely corrosive acid is formed when certain types of synthetic rubber, found in some O-rings, oil seals, fuel hoses etc, are exposed to temperatures above 4000C. The rubber changes into a charred or sticky substance containing the acid. Once formed,
the acid remains dangerous for years. If it gets onto the skin, it may be necessary to amputate the limb concerned.
• When dealing with a vehicle which has suffered a fire, or with components salvaged from such a vehicle, wear protective gloves and discard them after use.
The battery
• Batteries contain sulphuric acid, which attacks clothing, eyes and skin. Take care when topping-up or carrying the battery.
• The hydrogen gas given off by the battery is highly explosive. Never cause a spark or allow a naked light nearby. Be careful when connecting and disconnecting battery chargers or jump leads.
Air bags
• Air bags can cause injury if they go off accidentally. Take care when removing the steering wheel and/or facia. Special storage instructions may apply.
Diesel injection equipment
• Diesel injection pumps supply fuel at very high pressure. Take care when working on the fuel injectors and fuel pipes.
Warning: Never expose the hands, face or any other part of the body
to injector spray; the fuel can penetrate the skin with potentially fatal results.
Remember...
DO
• Do use eye protection when using power tools, and when working under the vehicle.
• Do wear gloves or use barrier cream to protect your hands when necessary.
• Do get someone to check periodically that all is well when working alone on the vehicle.
• Do keep loose clothing and long hair well out of the way of moving mechanical parts.
• Do remove rings, wristwatch etc, before working on the vehicle – especially the electrical system.
• Do ensure that any lifting or jacking equipment has a safe working load rating adequate for the job.
A few tips
DON’T
• Don’t attempt to lift a heavy component which may be beyond your capability – get assistance.
• Don’t rush to finish a job, or take unverified short cuts.
• Don’t use ill-fitting tools which may slip and cause injury.
• Don’t leave tools or parts lying around where someone can trip over them. Mop up oil and fuel spills at once.
• Don’t allow children or pets to play in or near a vehicle being worked on.
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
0•6
Roadside repairs
The following pages are intended to help in dealing with common roadside emergencies and breakdowns. You will find more detailed fault finding information at the back of the manual, and repair information in the main chapters.
If your car won’t start and the starter motor doesn’t turn
M If it’s a model with automatic transmission, make sure the
selector is in ‘P’ or ‘N’.
M Open the bonnet and make sure that the battery terminals
are clean and tight.
M Switch on the headlights and try to start the engine. If the
headlights go very dim when you’re trying to start, the battery is probably flat. Get out of trouble by jump starting (see next page) using a friend’s car.
If your car won’t start even though the starter motor turns as normal
M Is there fuel in the tank? M Is there moisture on electrical components under the
bonnet? Switch off the ignition, then wipe off any obvious dampness with a dry cloth. Spray a water-repellent aerosol product (WD-40 or equivalent) on ignition and fuel system electrical connectors like those shown in the photos. Pay special attention to the ignition coil wiring connector and HT leads. (Note that Diesel engines don’t normally suffer from damp.)
Check that the distributor HT lead connections are clean and secure
A
Check that the spark plug HT lead connections are clean and secure ­cover removed
B
Check that the ignition coil HT and LT lead connections are clean and secure
C
Check the security and condition of the battery connections
D
The ECU wiring plugs may cause problems if dirty or not properly connected
E
Check that electrical connections are secure (with the ignition off) and spray them with a water­dispersing spray like WD40 if you suspect a problem due to damp
0•7
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
Roadside repairs
When jump-starting a car using a booster battery, observe the following precautions:
4 Before connecting the booster
battery, make sure that the ignition is switched off.
4 Ensure that all electrical equipment
(lights, heater, wipers, etc) is switched off.
4 Take note of any special precautions
printed on the battery case.
4 Make sure that the booster battery
is the same voltage as the discharged one in the vehicle.
4 If the battery is being jump-started
from the battery in another vehicle, the two vehicles MUST NOT TOUCH each other.
4 Make sure that the transmission is in
neutral (or PARK, in the case of automatic transmission).
Jump starting will get you out of trouble, but you must correct whatever made the battery go flat in the first
place. There are three possibilities:
1) The battery has been drained by repeated attempts to start, or by leaving the lights on.
2) The charging system is not working properly (alternator drivebelt slack or broken, alternator wiring fault or alternator itself faulty).
3) The battery itself is at fault (electrolyte low, or battery worn out).
Connect one end of the red jump lead to the positive (+) terminal of the flat battery
Connect the other end of the red lead to the positive (+) terminal of the booster battery
Connect one end of the black jump lead to the negative (-) terminal of the booster battery
Connect the other end of the black jump lead to a bolt or bracket on the engine block, well away from the battery, on the vehicle to be started
1 2 3
4
Make sure that the jump leads will not come into contact with the fan, drivebelts or other moving parts of the engine
5
Start the engine using the booster battery, then with the engine running at idle speed, disconnect the jump leads in the reverse order of connection
6
Jump starting
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
0•8
Roadside repairs
Location of spare wheel and tools in boot
Wheel changing
Some of the details shown here will vary according to model. For instance, the location of the spare wheel and jack is not the same on all cars. However, the basic principles apply to all vehicles.
Warning: Do not change a wheel in a situation where you risk being hit by other traffic. On busy roads, try to stop in a lay-by or a gateway. Be wary of passing traffic while changing the wheel – it is easy to become distracted by the job in hand.
Finally...
M Remove the wheel chocks. M Stow the jack and tools in the correct
locations in the car.
M
Check the tyre pressure on the wheel just fitted. If it is low, or if you don’t have a pressure gauge with you, drive slowly to the nearest garage and inflate the tyre to the right pressure.
M Have the damaged tyre or wheel repaired
as soon as possible.
Use the wheel brace to slightly loosen the wheelnuts
Locate the jack head in the correct jacking point
Raise the jack until the wheel is clear of the ground
Remove the trim to expose the wheelnutsUnscrew the spare wheel retaining cap
1
2
3
4
5
Remove the wheelnuts and lift off the wheel
7
Fit the replacement wheel and tighten the nuts
8
6
Preparation
M When a puncture occurs, stop as soon as
it is safe to do so.
M Park on firm level ground, if possible,
and well out of the way of other traffic.
M Use hazard warning lights if necessary.
M If you have one, use a warning triangle to
alert other drivers of your presence.
M Apply the handbrake and engage first or
reverse gear (or Park on models with automatic transmission).
M Chock the wheel diagonally opposite the
one being removed – a couple of large stones will do for this.
M If the ground is soft, use a flat piece of
wood to spread the load under the jack.
Changing the wheel
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
0•9
Roadside repairs
Towing
Puddles on the garage floor or drive, or obvious wetness under the bonnet or underneath the car, suggest a leak that needs investigating. It can sometimes be difficult to decide where the leak is coming from, especially if the engine bay is very dirty already. Leaking oil or fluid can also be blown rearwards by the passage of air under the car, giving a false impression of where the problem lies.
Warning: Most automotive oils and fluids are poisonous. Wash them off skin, and change out of contaminated clothing, without delay.
Identifying leaks
The smell of a fluid leaking from the car may provide a clue to what’s leaking. Some
fluids are distinctively coloured. It may help to clean the car carefully and to park it over some clean paper overnight as an aid to locating the source of the leak.
Remember that some leaks may only occur while the engine is running.
When all else fails, you may find yourself having to get a tow home – or of course you may be helping somebody else. Long-distance recovery should only be done by a garage or breakdown service. For shorter distances, DIY towing using another car is easy enough, but observe the following points: M Use a proper tow-rope – they are not expensive. The vehicle being towed must display an ‘ON TOW’ sign in its rear window. M Always turn the ignition key to the ‘on’ position when the vehicle is being towed, so
that the steering lock is released, and that the direction indicator and brake lights will work. M Only attach the tow-rope to the towing eyes provided. M Before being towed, release the handbrake and select neutral on the transmission. M Note that greater-than-usual pedal pressure will be required to operate the brakes, since the vacuum servo unit is only operational with the engine running. M On models with power steering, greater­than-usual steering effort will also be required.
M The driver of the car being towed must keep the tow-rope taut at all times to avoid snatching. M Make sure that both drivers know the route before setting off. M Only drive at moderate speeds and keep the distance towed to a minimum. Drive smoothly and allow plenty of time for slowing down at junctions. M On models with automatic transmission, special precautions apply. If in doubt, do not tow, or transmission damage may result.
Sump oil Gearbox oil
Brake fluid Power steering fluid
Oil from filter
Antifreeze
Engine oil may leak from the drain plug... ...or from the base of the oil filter.
Leaking antifreeze often leaves a crystalline deposit like this.
Gearbox oil can leak from the seals at the inboard ends of the driveshafts.
A leak occurring at a wheel is almost certainly brake fluid.
Power steering fluid may leak from the pipe connectors on the steering rack.
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
0•10
There are some very simple checks which need only take a few minutes to carry out, but which could save you a lot on inconvenience and expense. These “Weekly Checks” require no great skill or special tools, and the small amount of time they take to perform could well prove to be very well spent, for example:
mm Keeping an eye on tyre condition and
pressures, will not only help to stop them wearing out prematurely but could also save your life.
mm Many breakdowns are caused by electrical
problems. Battery-related faults are particularly common and a quick check on a regular basis will often prevent the majority of these.
mm If your car develops a brake fluid leak, the
first time you might know about it is when your brakes don’t work properly. Checking the level regularly will give advance warning of this kind of problem.
mm If the oil or coolant levels run low, the cost
of repairing any engine damage will be far greater than fixing the leak.
Underbonnet Check Points
K16 MPi engine with plastic inlet manifold
Introduction
Weekly checks
A
Engine oil level dipstick
B
Engine oil filler cap
C
Coolant expansion tank
D
Brake fluid reservoir
E
Power steering fluid reservoir
F
Screen washer fluid reservoir
G
Battery
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
0•11
Weekly checks
Engine oil level
Before you start
4 Make sure that your car is on level ground. 4 Check the oil level before the car is driven,
or at least 5 minutes after the engine has been switched off.
The correct oil
Modern engines place great demands on their oil. It is very important that the correct oil for your car is used (see “Lubricants and Fluids” on page 0•16).
Car Care
l If you have to add oil frequently, you should check whether you have any oil leaks. Place some clean paper under the car overnight, and check for stains in the morning. If there are no leaks, then engine may be burning oil (see “Fault Finding”).
l Always maintain the level between the upper and lower dipstick marks. If the level is too low, severe engine damage may occur. Oil seal failure may result if the engine is overfilled by adding too much oil.
Using a clean rag or paper towel, wipe all
the oil from the dipstick. Insert the clean dipstick into the tube as far as it will go, then withdraw it again.
Note the oil level on the end of the
dipstick, which should be between the upper HI mark and the lower LO mark. Approximately 1.0 litre of oil will raise the level from the lower mark to the upper mark.
Oil is added through the filler cap. Rotate
the cap through a quarter-turn anti­clockwise and withdraw it. Top-up the level. A funnel may help to reduce spillage. Add the oil slowly, checking the level on the dipstick often. Do not overfill.
The dipstick is located at the rear right-hand
end of the engine (see “Underbonnet Check Points” on page 0•10 for exact location). Withdraw the dipstick.
1 2
3 4
If the oil is checked immediately after driving the vehicle, some of the oil will
remain in the upper engine components, resulting in an inaccurate reading on the dipstick.
Coolant level
Add a mixture of water and antifreeze
through the expansion tank filler neck, until the coolant is up to the upper level. Refit the cap, turning it clockwise as far as it will go until it is secure.
If topping-up, wait until the engine is
cold, then cover the filler cap with a layer of rag and start unscrewing the cap. Wait until any hissing ceases, indicating that all pressure is released, then slowly unscrew the cap until it can be removed. At all times keep well away from the filler opening.
When the engine is cold, the coolant level
should be between the expansion tank ridge/seam and the level indicated above COOLANT LEVEL on the side of the expansion tank, which is located in the front right-hand corner of the engine compartment.
1 2 3
Warning: Do not attempt to remove the expansion tank pressure cap when the engine is
hot, as there is a very great risk of scalding. Do not leave open containers of coolant about, as it is poisonous.
Car Care
l With a sealed-type cooling system, adding coolant should not be necessary on a regular basis. If frequent topping-up is required, it is likely there is a leak. Check the radiator, all hoses and joint faces for signs of staining or wetness, and rectify as necessary.
l It is important that antifreeze is used in the cooling system all year round, not just during the winter months. Don’t top up with water alone, as the antifreeze will become diluted.
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
Warning: Brake fluid can harm
your eyes and damage painted
surfaces, so use extreme
caution when handling and pouring it. Do not use fluid which has been standing open for some time, as it absorbs moisture from the air, which can cause a dangerous loss of braking effectiveness.
Before you start
4 Make sure that the car is on level ground. 4 Cleanliness is of great importance when
dealing with the braking system, so take care to clean around the reservoir cap before topping-up. Use only clean brake fluid from a container which has stood for at least 24 hours (to allow air bubbles to separate out).
Safety first
l If the reservoir requires repeated topping­up, this is an indication of a fluid leak somewhere in the system, which should be investigated immediately. l If a leak is suspected, the car should not be driven until the braking system has been checked. Never take any risks where brakes are concerned.
Brake fluid level
Carefully add fluid avoiding spilling it on
surrounding paintwork. Use only the specified fluid; mixing different types can cause damage to the system. After filling to the correct level, refit the cap securely, to prevent leaks and the entry of foreign matter. Ensure that the fluid level switch plunger is free to move. Wipe off any spilt fluid.
Before adding fluid, it’s a good idea to
inspect the reservoir. The system should be drained and refilled if dirt is seen in the fluid (see Chapter 9 for details).
The brake master cylinder and fluid
reservoir is mounted on the vacuum servo unit in the engine compartment. The MAX and MIN level marks are indicated on the side of the reservoir and the fluid level should be maintained between these marks at all times.
1
If topping-up is necessary, unplug the
electrical connector and wipe the area around the filler cap with a clean rag before removing the cap. When adding fluid, pour it carefully into the reservoir to avoid spilling it on surrounding painted surfaces. Be sure to use only the specified brake hydraulic fluid since mixing different types of fluid can cause damage to the system.
2
3 4
Screen washer fluid level
The reservoir for the windscreen and rear
window (where fitted) washer systems is located on the left-hand side of the engine compartment.
When topping-up the reservoir(s) a screenwash additive should be added in
the quantities recommended on the bottle.
Car care
l Screenwash additives not only keep the windscreen clean during bad weather, they also prevent the washer system freezing in cold weather - which is when you are likely to need it most. Don’t top up using plain water, as the screenwash will become diluted and will freeze in cold weather. l Check the operation of the windscreen and rear window washers. Adjust the nozzles using a pin if necessary, aiming the spray to a point slightly above the centre of the swept area.
Warning: On no account use engine coolant antifreeze in the screen washer system - this will damage the paintwork.
1 2
0•12
Weekly checks
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
0•13
Weekly checks
To remove a wiper blade, pull the arm fully away from the glass
until it locks. Swivel the blade through 90º, press the locking tab with a finger nail and slide the blade out of the arm’s hooked end. On refitting, ensure that the blade locks securely into the arm.
Check the condition of the wiper blades. If they are cracked or
show any signs of deterioration, or if the glass swept area is smeared, renew them. For maximum clarity of vision, wiper blades should be renewed annually, as a matter of course.
2
After filling the reservoir to the proper
level, make sure that the cap is refitted securely to avoid leaks and the entry of foreign matter into the reservoir.
3
If topping-up is necessary, first wipe the
area around the filler cap with a clean rag before removing the cap. When adding fluid, pour it carefully into the reservoir to avoid spillage. Be sure to use only the specified fluid.
2
The power steering fluid reservoir is
located on the right-hand side of the engine compartment, just behind the cooling system expansion tank. MAX and MIN level marks are indicated on the side of the reservoir and the fluid level should be maintained between these marks at all times.
1
1
Wiper blades
Power steering fluid level
Before you start
4 Make sure that the car is on level ground. 4 Set the front roadwheels in the straight-
ahead position.
4 The engine should be stopped. 4 Do not operate the steering once the
engine is stopped.
Safety first
l If the reservoir requires repeated topping­up, there is a fluid leak somewhere in the system which should be investigated immediately. l If a leak is suspected, the car should not be driven until the power steering system has been checked.
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
0•14
Weekly checks
It is very important that tyres are in good condition, and at the correct pressure - having a tyre failure at any speed is highly dangerous. Tyre wear is influenced by driving style - harsh braking and acceleration, or fast cornering, will all produce more rapid tyre wear. As a general rule, the front tyres wear out faster than the rears. Interchanging the tyres from front to rear (“rotating” the tyres) may result in more even wear. However, if this is completely effective, you may have the expense of replacing all four tyres at once! Remove any nails or stones embedded in the tread before they penetrate the tyre to cause deflation. If removal of a nail does reveal that
the tyre has been punctured, refit the nail so that its point of penetration is marked. Then immediately change the wheel, and have the tyre repaired by a tyre dealer. Regularly check the tyres for damage in the form of cuts or bulges, especially in the sidewalls. Periodically remove the wheels, and clean any dirt or mud from the inside and outside surfaces. Examine the wheel rims for signs of rusting, corrosion or other damage. Light alloy wheels are easily damaged by “kerbing” whilst parking; steel wheels may also become dented or buckled. A new wheel is very often the only way to overcome severe damage.
New tyres should be balanced when they are fitted, but it may become necessary to re­balance them as they wear, or if the balance weights fitted to the wheel rim should fall off. Unbalanced tyres will wear more quickly, as will the steering and suspension components. Wheel imbalance is normally signified by vibration, particularly at a certain speed (typically around 50 mph). If this vibration is felt only through the steering, then it is likely that just the front wheels need balancing. If, however, the vibration is felt through the whole car, the rear wheels could be out of balance. Wheel balancing should be carried out by a tyre dealer or garage.
Tyre Pressure Check
Check the tyre pressures regularly with
the tyres cold. Do not adjust the tyre pressures immediately after the vehicle has been used, or an inaccurate setting will result. Tyre pressures are shown on page 0•16
Tread Depth - manual check
Alternatively tread wear can be
monitored with a simple, inexpensive device known as a tread depth indicator gauge.
Tread Depth - visual check
The original tyres have tread wear safety
bands (B), which will appear when the tread depth reaches approximately 1.6 mm. The band positions are indicated by a triangular mark on the tyre sidewall (A).
1 2 3
Tyre condition and pressure
Tyre tread wear patterns
Shoulder Wear
Underinflation (wear on both sides)
Under-inflation will cause overheating of the tyre, because the tyre will flex too much, and the tread will not sit correctly on the road surface. This will cause a loss of grip and excessive wear, not to mention the danger of sudden tyre failure due to heat build-up. Check and adjust pressures
Incorrect wheel camber (wear on one side)
Repair or renew suspension parts
Hard cornering
Reduce speed!
Centre Wear
Overinflation
Over-inflation will cause rapid wear of the centre part of the tyre tread, coupled with reduced grip, harsher ride, and the danger of shock damage occurring in the tyre casing.
Check and adjust pressures If you sometimes have to inflate your car’s
tyres to the higher pressures specified for maximum load or sustained high speed, don’t forget to reduce the pressures to normal afterwards.
Uneven Wear
Front tyres may wear unevenly as a result of wheel misalignment. Most tyre dealers and garages can check and adjust the wheel alignment (or "tracking") for a modest charge.
Incorrect camber or castor
Repair or renew suspension parts
Malfunctioning suspension
Repair or renew suspension parts
Unbalanced wheel
Balance tyres
Incorrect toe setting
Adjust front wheel alignment Note: The feathered edge of the tread which typifies toe wear is best checked by feel.
4
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
0•15
Weekly checks
Electrical system
If more than one indicator light or
headlight has failed, it is likely that either a fuse has blown or that there is a fault in the circuit (see Chapter 12).
If a single indicator light, brake light or
headlight has failed, it is likely that a bulb has blown and will need to be replaced. Refer to Chapter 12 for details. If both brake lights have failed, it is possible that the brake light switch operated by the brake pedal is faulty. Refer to Chapter 9 for details.
1
If you need to check your brake lights and indicators unaided, back up to a wall or
garage door and operate the lights. The reflected light should show if they are working properly.
4 Check all external lights and the horn. Refer to the appropriate Sections of Chapter 12 for details if any of the circuits are found to be inoperative, and replace the fuse if necessary. Most fuses are located behind the cover in the right-hand lower facia panel. Other fuses are located in the fusebox on the left-hand side of the engine compartment. To replace a blown fuse, pull it from position, using the plastic tool provided. Fit a new fuse of the same rating. If a second fuse blows, it is important that you find the reason - do not use a fuse with a higher rating. 4 Visually check all accessible wiring connectors, harnesses and retaining clips for security, and for signs of chafing or damage.
2
Battery
Caution: Before carrying out any work on the vehicle battery, read the precautions given in “Safety first” at the start of this manual.
4 Make sure that the battery tray is in good condition, and that the clamp is tight. Corrosion on the tray, retaining clamp and the battery itself can be removed with a solution of water and baking soda. Thoroughly rinse all cleaned areas with water. Any metal parts damaged by corrosion should be covered with a zinc-based primer, then painted. 4 Periodically (approximately every three months), check the charge condition of the battery as described in Chapter 5A. 4 If the battery is flat, and you need to jump start your vehicle, see “Jump starting”.
The battery is located on the left-hand
side of the engine compartment. The exterior of the battery should be inspected periodically for damage such as a cracked case or cover.
Check the tightness of battery clamps to
ensure good electrical connections. You should not be able to move them. Also check each cable for cracks and frayed conductors.
If corrosion (white, fluffy deposits) is
evident, remove the cables from the battery terminals, clean them with a small wire brush, then refit them. Accessory stores sell a useful tool for cleaning the battery post ...
1 2
3
... as well as the battery cable clamps
4
Battery corrosion can be kept to a minimum by applying a layer of petroleum jelly to the clamps and terminals after they are reconnected.
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
0•16
Lubricants, fluids, capacities and tyre pressures
Lubricants and fluids
Capacities
Tyre Pressures (tyres cold)
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multigrade engine oil, viscosity SAE 10W/40 to spec.
API-SG or SG/CD, CCMC G4, or RES.22.OL.G4
(Duckhams QS, QXR, Hypergrade Plus, Hypergrade, or 10W/40 Motor Oil)
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Antifreeze to spec. BS 6580 and BS 5117. Ethylene-
glycol based with non-phosphate corrosion inhibitors, containing no methanol. Mixture 50% by volume
(Duckhams Antifreeze and Summer Coolant)
Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special gearbox oil. Refer to your Rover dealer
(Duckhams Hypoid PT 75W/80 may be used for topping­up only)
Braking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic fluid to spec. SAE J 1703 or DOT 4
(Duckhams Universal Brake and Clutch Fluid)
Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic transmission fluid (ATF) to Dexron II D
specification (Duckhams Uni-Matic)
General greasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi-purpose lithium-based grease to NLGI consistency
No. 2 (Duckhams LB10)
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5 litres - including filter
Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.8 litres
Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 litres
Power steering reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2 litres
Fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 litres
Washer system reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 litres
Front Rear
155 SR 13 tyres
Normal driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 bar (30 psi) 2.1 bar (30 psi)
Loads in excess of four persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 bar (30 psi) 2.3 bar (34 psi)
Speeds in excess of 100 mph - all loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2 bar (32 psi) 2.2 bar (32 psi)
175/65 TR 14 tyres
All loads - up to 100 mph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 bar (30 psi) 2.1 bar (30 psi)
All loads - over 100 mph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2 bar (32 psi) 2.2 bar (32 psi)
185/60 HR 14 tyres
All loads - up to 100 mph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1 bar (30 psi) 2.1 bar (30 psi)
All loads - over 100 mph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 bar (36 psi) 2.5 bar (36 psi)
Note: Pressures apply only to original equipment tyres and may vary if any other make or type is fitted. Check with the tyre manufacturer or supplier for correct pressures if necessary
2A
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
Chapter 2 Part A
Engine in-car repair procedures
Camshaft oil seals - renewal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Camshafts and hydraulic tappets - removal, inspection and
refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Compression test - description and interpretation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Crankshaft oil seals - renewal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Crankshaft pulley - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Cylinder head - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Cylinder head cover - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Engine oil and filter - renewal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Engine/gearbox mountings - inspection and renewal . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Flywheel - removal, inspection and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
General information and precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Oil pump - dismantling, inspection and reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Oil pump - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Sump - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Timing belt - removal, inspection, refitting and adjustment . . . . . . . 8
Timing belt covers - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Timing belt tensioner and sprockets - removal, inspection and
refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Top Dead Centre (TDC) for number one piston - locating . . . . . . . . 4
Valve clearances - general information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2A•1
Contents
Specifications
General
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Four-cylinder in-line, four-stroke, liquid-cooled
Designation:
1.4 8-valve sohc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K8
1.4 16-valve dohc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K16
Bore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75.00 mm
Stroke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79.00 mm
Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1396 cc
Firing order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3-4-2 (No 1 cylinder at timing belt end)
Direction of crankshaft rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Clockwise (seen from right-hand side of vehicle)
Compression ratio:
K8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.75 : 1
K16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.50 : 1
Minimum compression pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.3 bar
Maximum compression pressure difference between cylinders . . . . . . 1.4 bar
Maximum power (EEC):
K8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 ps (56 kW) @ 5700 rpm
K8 (with catalytic converter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ps (55 kW) @ 5500 rpm
K16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 ps (70 kW) @ 6250 rpm
K16 (with catalytic converter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 ps (66 kW) @ 6250 rpm
Maximum torque (EEC):
K8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Nm (86 lbf ft) @ 3500 rpm
K16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Nm (91 lbf ft) @ 4000 rpm
K16 (with catalytic converter) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Nm (89 lbf ft) @ 4000 rpm
Cylinder block/crankcase
Note: Service liners are Grade B
Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aluminium alloy
Cylinder liner bore diameter - 60 mm from top of bore:
Standard - grade A (Red) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74.975 to 74.985 mm
Standard - grade B (Blue) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74.986 to 74.995 mm
Service limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75.045 mm
Easy, suitable for novice with little experience
Fairly easy, suitable for beginner with some experience
Fairly difficult,
suitable for competent DIY mechanic
Difficult, suitable for experienced DIY mechanic
Very difficult,
suitable for expert DIY or professional
Degrees of difficulty
5
4
3
2
1
Crankshaft
Number of main bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Main bearing journal diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47.979 to 48.000 mm
Main bearing journal size grades:
Grade A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47.993 to 48.000 mm
Grade B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47.986 to 47.993 mm
Grade C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47.979 to 47.986 mm
Crankpin journal diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.986 to 43.007 mm
Crankpin journal size grades:
Grade A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43.000 to 43.007 mm
Grade B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.993 to 43.000 mm
Grade C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42.986 to 42.993 mm
Main bearing and crankpin journal maximum ovality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.010 mm
Main bearing and big-end bearing running clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.021 to 0.049 mm
Crankshaft endfloat:
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.10 to 0.30 mm
Service limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.50 mm
Thrustwasher thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.61 to 2.65 mm
Gudgeon pins
Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.0 mm
Fit in connecting rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interference
Pistons and piston rings
Note: Service pistons are Grade B
Piston diameter: Grade A Grade B
K8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74.940 to 74.955 mm 74.956 to 74.970 mm
K16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74.945 to 74.960 mm 74.960 to 74.975 mm
Piston-to-bore clearance:
K8 - standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.015 to 0.045 mm
K16 - standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.010 to 0.040 mm
Service limit - all . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.080 mm
Piston ring end gaps (fitted 20 mm from top of bore):
Top compression ring:
K8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 to 0.45 mm
K16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.30 to 0.50 mm
Second compression ring - all models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.30 to 0.50 mm
Oil control ring:
K8 - standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 to 1.00 mm
K16:
standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.25 to 0.50 mm
service limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.60 mm
Piston ring-to-groove clearance:
Top compression ring:
K8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.04 to 0.09 mm
K16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.04 to 0.07 mm
Second compression ring:
K8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.04 to 0.08 mm
K16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.04 to 0.07 mm
Oil control ring - all models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.02 to 0.06 mm
Cylinder head
Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aluminium alloy
Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118.95 to 119.05 mm
Reface limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.20 mm
Maximum acceptable gasket face distortion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 mm
Valve seat angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45°
Valve seat width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5 mm
Seat cutter correction angle:
Upper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30°
Lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60°
Valve stem installed height:
K8:
new . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.95 to 40.81 mm
service limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41.06 mm
K16:
new . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38.93 to 39.84 mm
service limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40.10 mm
2A•2 Engine in-car repair procedures
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
Valves
Seat angle:
Inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45°
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44° 30’
Head diameter:
Inlet:
K8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.0 mm
K16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.0 mm
Exhaust:
K8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31.0 mm
K16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24.0 mm
Stem outside diameter:
Inlet:
K8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.967 to 6.975 mm
K16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.952 to 5.967 mm
Exhaust:
K8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.952 to 6.967 mm
K16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.947 to 5.962 mm
Guide inside diameter:
K8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.000 to 7.025 mm
K16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.000 to 6.025 mm
Stem-to-guide clearance:
Inlet:
standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.03 to 0.04 mm
service limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.07 mm
Exhaust:
standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.07 to 0.08 mm
service limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.11 mm
Valve timing:
K8:
Inlet opens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13° BTDC
Inlet closes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47° ABDC
Exhaust opens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53° BBDC
Exhaust closes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7° ATDC
K16:
Inlet opens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15° BTDC
Inlet closes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45° ABDC
Exhaust opens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55° BBDC
Exhaust closes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5° ATDC
Valve spring free length:
K8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46.2 mm
K16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50.0 mm
Valve guide fitted height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.0 mm
Camshaft
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Toothed belt
Number of bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Bearing journal running clearance:
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.060 to 0.094 mm
Service limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.150 mm
Camshaft endfloat:
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.060 to 0.190 mm
Service limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.500 mm
Valve lift:
K8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.0 mm
K16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2 mm
Hydraulic tappet outside diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32.959 to 32.975 mm
Lubrication system
System pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 bar @ idle speed
Oil pump type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trochoidal, eccentric-rotor
Oil pump clearances:
Rotor endfloat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.02 to 0.06 mm
Outer rotor-to-body clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.28 to 0.36 mm
Rotor lobe clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.05 to 0.13 mm
Pressure relief valve operating pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.1 bar
Oil pressure warning lamp lights at . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Below 0.3 to 0.5 bar
Engine in-car repair procedures 2A•3
2A
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
Torque wrench settings Nm lbf ft
Spark plug (HT) lead clip screws - K8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 7
Air intake duct support bracket-to-cylinder head screws . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3
Spark plug cover screws - K16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1.5
Cylinder head cover bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 7
Camshaft bearing cap/carrier-to-cylinder head bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 7
Cylinder head bolts:
1st stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 15
2nd stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tighten through 180°
3rd stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tighten through (a further) 180°
Timing belt cover fasteners:
Upper right-hand (outer) cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3
Lower and upper left-hand (inner) covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 7
Timing belt tensioner backplate clamp bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 19
Timing belt tensioner pulley Allen screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 33
Camshaft sprocket bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 24
Crankshaft pulley bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 118
Oil pump-to-cylinder block/crankcase bolt and screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 7
Alternator mounting bracket-to-cylinder block/crankcase bolts . . . . . . 45 33
Dipstick tube-to-cylinder block/crankcase bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 7
Flywheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 63
Transmission-to-engine bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 63
Flywheel cover plate screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 7
Flywheel rear cover plate bolt and nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 28
Big-end bearing cap bolts:
1st stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 15
2nd stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tighten through 45°
Main bearing ladder-to-cylinder block/crankcase bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 7
Oil rail-to-main bearing ladder nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 7
Oil pump pick-up/strainer pipe bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 7
Sump bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 7
Engine oil drain plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 31
Engine/transmission right-hand mounting:
Bracket-to-cylinder block/crankcase bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 33
Mounting-to-bracket nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 74
Mounting-to-body through-bolt and nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 63
Engine/transmission left-hand mounting:
Mounting-to-body bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 33
Mounting-to-transmission bracket bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 44
Transmission bracket bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 74
Engine/transmission rear mounting:
Mounting bracket-to-transmission bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 63
Connecting link-to- transmission bracket bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 44
Connecting link-to-body bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 63
Anti-beaming bracket-to-support bracket bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 33
2A•4 Engine in-car repair procedures
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
1 General information and
precautions
How to use this Chapter
This Part of the Chapter describes those repair procedures that can reasonably be carried out on the engine whilst it remains in the vehicle. If the engine has been removed from the vehicle and is being dismantled as described in Part B of this Chapter, any preliminary dismantling procedures can be ignored.
Note that whilst it may be possible physically to overhaul items such as the piston/connecting rod assemblies with the engine in the vehicle, such tasks are not usually carried out as separate operations and usually require the execution of several
additional procedures (not to mention the cleaning of components and of oilways). For this reason, all such tasks are classed as major overhaul procedures and are described in Part B of this Chapter.
Engine information
The engine is of four-cylinder, in-line type, mounted transversely at the front of the vehicle with the clutch and transmission on its left-hand end. The engine is available in two forms - the K8 engine, which is the eight-valve single overhead camshaft engine fitted to the carburettor-equipped 214 S model, and the K16 engine, which is a sixteen-valve double overhead camshaft engine which is fitted to all fuel-injected models. Apart from the different cylinder head designs, both engines are of identical construction.
Apart from the pressed steel sump, the plastic timing belt covers and the aluminium
alloy cylinder head cover, the engine consists of three major castings which are the cylinder head, the cylinder block/crankcase and the crankshaft main bearing ladder. There is also an oil rail underneath the main bearing ladder and the camshaft carrier/bearing caps.
All major castings are of aluminium alloy and are clamped together by ten long through-bolts which perform the dual role of cylinder head bolts and crankshaft main bearing fasteners. Since these bolts pass through the cylinder block/crankcase and the main bearing ladder, the oil rail is secured also to the main bearing ladder (by two nuts) and the main bearing ladder is secured also to the cylinder block/crankcase (by ten smaller bolts) so that the cylinder head can be removed without disturbing the rest of the engine. The passages provided for the bolts in the major castings are used as breather passages or as returns for the oil to the sump.
The crankshaft runs in five main bearings. Thrustwashers are fitted to the centre main bearing (upper half) to control crankshaft endfloat.
The connecting rods rotate on horizontally­split bearing shells at their big-ends. The pistons are attached to the connecting rods by gudgeon pins which are an interference fit in the connecting rod small-end eyes. The aluminium alloy pistons are fitted with three piston rings, comprising two compression rings and an oil control ring.
The cylinder bores are formed by replaceable wet liners which are located from their top ends. Two sealing rings are fitted at the base of each liner to prevent the escape of coolant into the sump.
The inlet and exhaust valves are each closed by coil springs and operate in guides pressed into the cylinder head. The valve seat inserts are pressed into the cylinder head and can be renewed separately if worn.
On the K8 engine, the camshaft is driven by a toothed timing belt and operates the eight valves via self-adjusting hydraulic tappets, thus eliminating the need for routine checking and adjustment of the valve clearances. The camshaft rotates in six bearings that are line­bored direct in the cylinder head and the (bolted-on) bearing caps. This means that the bearing caps are not available separately from the cylinder head and must not be interchanged with others from another engine. The distributor is driven from the left-hand end of the camshaft and the mechanical fuel pump is operated by an eccentric on the camshaft.
Apart from the fact that it has two camshafts, one inlet and one exhaust, each controlling eight valves and both retained by a single camshaft carrier, the same applies to the K16 engine. On the K16 engine, the distributor is driven from the left-hand end of the inlet camshaft. The fuel pump is electrically-operated.
On both engine types, the coolant pump is driven by the timing belt.
Lubrication is by means of an eccentric­rotor trochoidal pump mounted on the crankshaft right-hand end. It draws oil through a strainer located in the sump and then forces it through an externally-mounted full-flow cartridge-type filter into galleries in the oil rail and cylinder block/crankcase, from where it is distributed to the crankshaft (main bearings) and camshaft(s). The big-end bearings are supplied with oil via internal drillings in the crankshaft, while the camshaft bearings and the hydraulic tappets receive a pressurised supply. The camshaft lobes and valves are lubricated by splash, as are all other engine components.
Repair operations possible with the engine in the car
The following work can be carried out with the engine in the vehicle:
a) Compression pressure - testing.
b) Cylinder head cover - removal and
refitting. c) Crankshaft pulley - removal and refitting. d) Timing belt covers - removal and refitting. e) Timing belt - removal, refitting and
adjustment. f) Timing belt tensioner and sprockets -
removal and refitting. g) Camshaft oil seal(s) - renewal. h) Camshaft(s) and hydraulic tappets -
removal, inspection and refitting. i) Cylinder head - removal and refitting. j) Cylinder head and pistons -
decarbonising. k) Sump - removal and refitting. l) Oil pump - removal, overhaul and refitting. m) Crankshaft oil seals - renewal. n) Engine/transmission mountings -
inspection and renewal. o) Flywheel - removal, inspection and
refitting.
Precautions
Note that a side-effect of the above described engine design is that the crankshaft cannot be rotated once the cylinder head and block through-bolts have been slackened. During any servicing or overhaul work the crankshaft always must be rotated to the desired position before the bolts are disturbed.
2 Engine oil and filter - renewal
1 Details of checking the engine oil levels and
renewing both the oil and filter are contained in “Weekly Checks” and Chapter 1.
3 Compression test -
description and interpretation
2
1 When engine performance is down, or if misfiring occurs which cannot be attributed to the ignition or fuel systems, a compression test can provide diagnostic clues as to the engine’s condition. If the test is performed regularly it can give warning of trouble before any other symptoms become apparent. 2 The engine must be fully warmed up to normal operating temperature, the battery must be fully charged and the spark plugs must be removed. The aid of an assistant will be required. 3 Disable the ignition system by disconnecting the ignition HT coil lead from the distributor cap and earthing it on the cylinder block. Use a jumper lead or similar wire to make a good connection. 4 Fit a compression tester to the No 1 cylinder spark plug hole. The type of tester which screws into the plug thread is preferred
(see illustration).
5 Have the assistant hold the throttle wide
open and crank the engine on the starter motor. After one or two revolutions, the compression pressure should build up to a maximum figure and then stabilise. Record the highest reading obtained. 6 Repeat the test on the remaining cylinders, recording the pressure in each. 7 All cylinders should produce very similar pressures. Any difference greater than that specified indicates the existence of a fault. Note that the compression should build up quickly in a healthy engine. Low compression on the first stroke, followed by gradually increasing pressure on successive strokes, indicates worn piston rings. A low compression reading on the first stroke, which does not build up during successive strokes, indicates leaking valves or a blown head gasket (a cracked head could also be the cause). Deposits on the undersides of the valve heads can also cause low compression. 8 If the pressure in any cylinder is reduced to the specified minimum or less, carry out the following test to isolate the cause. Introduce a teaspoonful of clean oil into that cylinder through its spark plug hole and repeat the test. 9 If the addition of oil temporarily improves the compression pressure, this indicates that bore or piston wear is responsible for the pressure loss. No improvement suggests that leaking or burnt valves, or a blown head gasket, may be to blame. 10 A low reading from two adjacent cylinders is almost certainly due to the head gasket having blown between them and the presence of coolant in the engine oil will confirm this. 11 If one cylinder is about 20 percent lower than the others and the engine has a slightly rough idle, a worn camshaft lobe could be the cause. 12 If the compression reading is unusually high, the combustion chambers are probably coated with carbon deposits. If this is the case, the cylinder head should be removed and decarbonised. 13 On completion of the test, refit the spark plugs and reconnect the ignition system.
Engine in-car repair procedures 2A•5
3.4 Measuring compression pressure
2A
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
4 Top Dead Centre (TDC) for
number one piston - locating
2
General
1 The crankshaft pulley, crankshaft and camshaft sprockets are provided by the factory with clear marks which align only at 90° BTDC. This positions the pistons half-way up the bores so that there is no risk of damage as the engine is reassembled. These marks do not indicate TDC. Use only the ignition timing marks, as described in this Section, to find TDC. 2 Top dead centre (TDC) is the highest point in its travel up-and-down the cylinder bore that each piston reaches as the crankshaft rotates. While each piston reaches TDC both at the top of the compression stroke and again at the top of the exhaust stroke, for the purpose of timing the engine, TDC refers to the piston position (usually No 1) at the top of its compression stroke. 3 While all engine reassembly procedures use the factory timing marks (90° BTDC), it is useful for several other servicing procedures to be able to position the engine at TDC. 4 No 1 piston and cylinder is at the right-hand (timing belt) end of the engine. Note that the crankshaft rotates clockwise when viewed from the right-hand side of the vehicle.
Locating TDC
5 Disconnect the battery negative lead and remove all the spark plugs. 6 Trace No 1 spark plug (HT) lead from the plug back to the distributor cap and use chalk or similar to mark the distributor body or engine casting nearest to the cap’s No 1 terminal. Undo the distributor cap retaining screws and remove the cap. 7 Apply the handbrake and ensure that the transmission is in neutral, then jack up the front of the vehicle and support it on axle stands. Remove the right-hand roadwheel. 8 From underneath the front of the vehicle, slacken and remove the three bolts securing the bumper flange to the body. Remove the seven bolts securing the front undercover panel to the body and remove the panel to gain access to the crankshaft pulley and ignition timing marks. 9 Using a spanner, or socket and extension bar, applied to the crankshaft pulley bolt, rotate the crankshaft clockwise until the notch on the crankshaft pulley’s inboard (left-hand) rim is aligned with the TDC mark on the timing belt lower cover (see Chapter 1 for details of ignition timing marks). 10 With the crankshaft in this position, Nos 1 and 4 cylinders are now at TDC, one of them on the compression stroke. If the distributor rotor arm is pointing at (the previously-marked) No 1 terminal, then No 1 cylinder is correctly positioned. If the rotor arm is pointing at No 4 terminal, rotate the crankshaft one full turn (360°) clockwise until the arm points at the
marked terminal. No 1 cylinder will then be at TDC on the compression stroke. 11 Once No 1 cylinder has been positioned at TDC on the compression stroke, TDC for any of the other cylinders can then be located by rotating the crankshaft clockwise 180° at a time and following the firing order.
5 Cylinder head cover -
removal and refitting
2
Removal
1 Disconnect the battery negative lead. 2 Remove the air cleaner assembly and metal
intake duct. 3 Using a suitable pair of pliers, release the retaining clip(s) and disconnect the breather hose(s) from the cylinder head cover (see
illustrations).
K8 engines
4 Undo the bolts securing the HT lead
mounting and air intake support brackets to the cylinder head cover, then remove the brackets and position the HT leads clear of the cover. 5 Remove the two uppermost retaining screws securing the timing belt upper right­hand/outer cover to the cylinder head cover, then slacken the remaining screws and bolts, as necessary, until the timing belt cover can be prised clear of the cylinder head cover without damaging it. 6 Working progressively and in the reverse of the tightening sequence (see illustration 5.14),
slacken and remove the cylinder head cover retaining bolts. 7 Remove the cover, peel off the rubber seal and check it for cuts, other damage or distortion. Renew the seal if necessary.
K16 engines
8 Undo the two spark plug cover retaining
screws and lift off the cover. Disconnect the HT leads from the plugs and withdraw them from the cylinder head, along with the clip plate and the grommet which is fitted to the left-hand end of the cylinder head cover. 9 Working progressively and in the reverse of the tightening sequence (see illustration 5.22), slacken and remove the cylinder head cover retaining bolts, noting the correct fitted position of the air intake duct support bracket. 10 Carefully lift off the cylinder head cover, taking care not to damage the gasket. Check that the gasket sealing path is undamaged and is attached to the gasket all around its periphery. If the sealing path is undamaged, then the gasket is re-usable and should remain in place on the cover until reassembly, unless its removal is necessary for other servicing work.
Refitting
K8 engines
11 On reassembly, carefully clean the
cylinder head mating surfaces and the cover seal’s groove and remove all traces of oil. 12 Seat the seal in its groove in the cover and refit the bolts, pushing each through the seal, then apply a smear of silicone-RTV sealant to each corner of the seal (see illustrations).
2A•6 Engine in-car repair procedures
5.12b . . . then refit bolts and apply sealant at locations arrowed - K8 engine
5.12a Ensure seal is correctly seated in cylinder head cover groove . . .
5.3b Disconnecting breather hoses from cylinder head cover - K16 engine
5.3a Disconnecting breather hose from cylinder head cover - K8 engine
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
13 Refit the cover to the cylinder head, ensuring that the seal remains seated in its groove. Fit all bolts, finger-tight. 14 Tighten the cylinder head cover bolts in the sequence shown to the specified torque wrench setting (see illustration). 15 Refit the timing belt upper right­hand/outer cover to the cylinder head cover and tighten all the disturbed screws and bolts to the specified torque setting. 16 Refit the HT lead mounting clips and air cleaner intake support brackets to the cylinder head, then tighten the retaining bolts to the specified torque. Ensure the HT leads are correctly routed. 17 Connect the breather hose to the cylinder head cover and secure it in position with the retaining clip. 18 Refit the air cleaner housing and reconnect the battery negative lead.
K16 engines
19 On reassembly, carefully clean the mating
surfaces, removing all traces of oil. If the gasket has been removed, the oil separator elements can be cleaned by removing them from the cover and washing them in solvent. Use compressed air to blow dry the elements before refitting them to the cover. 20 If a new gasket is to be fitted, press it onto the cover locating dowels so that if it were laid on the camshaft carrier its stamped markings would be legible. The TOP mark should be nearest the inlet manifold and the EXH MAN SIDE mark should have its arrows pointing to the exhaust manifold (see illustrations). 21 Lower the cover onto the cylinder head, ensuring that the gasket is not damaged or displaced. Install the cover retaining bolts, not forgetting to refit the air intake duct support bracket to its original position, and tighten them finger-tight. 22 Working in the sequence shown, tighten the cylinder head cover retaining bolts to the specified torque setting (see illustration). 23 Reconnect the HT leads to the spark plugs, then locate the clip plate and grommet in the left-hand end of the cylinder head cover. Ensure the HT leads are correctly routed then refit the spark plug cover and tighten its retaining screws to the specified
torque. Tighten the air intake support bracket screws. 24 Connect both the breather hoses to the cylinder head cover and secure them in position with the retaining clips. 25 Refit the air cleaner housing and reconnect the battery negative lead.
6 Crankshaft pulley -
removal and refitting
2
Removal
1 Apply the handbrake then jack up the front of the vehicle and support it on axle stands. Remove the right-hand roadwheel. 2 From underneath the front of the vehicle, slacken and remove the three bolts securing the bumper flange to the body. Remove the seven bolts securing the front undercover panel to the body and remove the panel. 3 If necessary, rotate the crankshaft until the relevant timing marks align. 4 Remove the power steering pump and/or alternator drivebelt(s) (as applicable). 5 To prevent crankshaft rotation while the pulley bolt is unscrewed, select top gear and have an assistant apply the brakes firmly. If the engine has been removed from the
vehicle, lock the flywheel using the arrangement shown (see illustration 18.2). 6 Unscrew the pulley bolt, noting the special washer behind it, then remove the pulley from the crankshaft.
Refitting
7 Align the crankshaft pulley centre notch with the locating lug on the crankshaft timing belt sprocket then refit the washer, ensuring that its flat surface is facing the pulley. Fit the retaining bolt (see illustration). 8 Lock the crankshaft by the method used on removal and tighten the pulley retaining bolt to the specified torque setting. 9 Refit the power steering pump and/or alternator drivebelt(s) (as applicable) and adjust them as described in Chapter 1. 10 Refit the undercover panel and roadwheel then lower the vehicle to the ground.
7 Timing belt covers -
removal and refitting
4
Removal
Upper right-hand (outer) cover
1 Slacken the bolt situated at the cover’s
bottom corner, immediately behind the engine/gearbox unit right-hand mounting bracket.
Engine in-car repair procedures 2A•7
5.20b . . . stamped markings would appear as shown if gasket were placed on
camshaft carrier
5.20a Fit gasket to cylinder head cover dowels (arrowed) so that . . .
5.14 Cylinder head cover bolt tightening sequence - K8 engine
6.7 Ensure notch in crankshaft pulley centre fits over crankshaft timing belt
sprocket locating lug (arrowed)
5.22 Cylinder head cover bolt tightening sequence - K16 engine
2A
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
2 Unscrew the remaining cover retaining bolts and withdraw the cover, noting the rubber seal fitted to the mounting bracket edge. Note that if the cover is not slotted at the bottom corner screw’s location, the screw
will have to be removed fully. If this is the case, the cover can be slotted to ease future removal and refitting (see illustrations).
Lower cover
3 Remove the crankshaft pulley. 4 Remove the cover retaining screws,
including the one which also secures the upper cover’s bottom front corner. Remove the cover whilst noting the rubber seal fitted to its mounting bracket edge (see illustration).
Upper left-hand (inner) cover
5 Remove the timing belt. 6 Remove the camshaft sprocket(s) and the
timing belt tensioner. 7 Unscrew the bolt securing the cover to the coolant pump. 8 On K16 engines, unbolt the engine/gearbox unit right-hand mounting bracket from the cylinder block/crankcase. 9 Remove the remaining cover retaining bolts and withdraw the cover (see illustrations).
Refitting
Upper right-hand (outer) cover
10 Refitting is the reverse of the removal
procedure. Ensure that the seal fits correctly between the cover and the mounting bracket and that the cover edges mate correctly with those of the inner cover and (K8 engines only) cylinder head cover (see illustration). 11 Tighten the cover fasteners to the specified torque setting.
Lower cover
12 Refitting is the reverse of the removal
procedure. Ensure that the seal fits correctly between the cover and the mounting bracket and tighten the cover fasteners to the specified torque setting.
Upper left-hand (inner) cover
13 Refitting is the reverse of the removal
procedure. Tighten all disturbed fasteners to their specified torque wrench settings.
8 Timing belt - removal,
inspection, refitting and adjustment
4
Removal
1 Disconnect the battery negative lead. 2 To improve access to the timing belt,
remove the expansion tank mounting bolts then free the coolant hose from any relevant retaining clips and position the tank clear of the engine. On models equipped with power­assisted steering, undo all the power steering hose retaining clip bolts then slide the fluid reservoir out of its retaining clip and position it
2A•8 Engine in-car repair procedures
7.10 Ensure timing belt upper right-hand (outer) cover engages correctly with
cylinder head cover - K8 engine
7.9c Removing timing belt upper left-hand (inner) cover - K16 engine
7.9b Timing belt upper left-hand (inner) cover fasteners (arrowed) - K16 engine
7.9a Timing belt upper left-hand (inner) cover fasteners (arrowed) - K8 engine
7.4 Removing timing belt lower cover7.2b Timing belt upper right-hand (outer)
cover fasteners (arrowed) - K16 engine,
raised for clarity
7.2a Timing belt upper right-hand (outer) cover fasteners - K8 engine
1 Slacken screw - cover should be slotted 2 Remove fasteners
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
If the timing belt is to be re­used, use white paint or similar to mark the direction of rotation on the belt.
clear of the timing belt covers. Take great care not to place any undue strain on hoses and mop up any spilt fluid immediately. 3 Remove the timing belt upper right-hand (outer) cover. 4 Firmly apply the handbrake then jack up the front of the vehicle and support it on axle stands. Remove the right-hand roadwheel 5 From underneath the front of the vehicle, slacken and remove the three bolts securing the bumper flange to the body. Remove the seven bolts securing the front undercover panel to the body and remove the panel to gain access to the crankshaft pulley bolt. 6 Using a suitable spanner or socket on the crankshaft pulley bolt, rotate the crankshaft in a clockwise direction until the long white­painted mark on the crankshaft pulley’s outboard (right-hand) face is aligned with the single, separate mark on the timing belt lower cover so that the crankshaft is in the 90° BTDC position (see Chapter 1 for details of the pulley/cover marks) (see illustration). 7 Check that the camshaft sprocket mark(s) align as described in paragraph 15, showing that Nos 1 and 4 cylinders are at 90° BTDC so that there is no risk of the valves contacting the pistons during dismantling and reassembly. If the camshaft sprocket mark(s) are 180° out, rotate the crankshaft through one complete turn (360°) to align the marks as described (see illustration). 8 On K16 engines, use the tool described in Section 9 to lock up the camshaft sprockets
so that they cannot move under valve spring pressure when the timing belt is removed. 9 Remove the crankshaft sprocket and timing belt lower cover. 10 Position a trolley jack with a wooden spacer beneath the sump then gently jack it up to take the weight of the engine. 11 Slacken and remove the engine/gearbox unit right-hand mounting through-bolt and nut and the mounting-to-bracket nuts. Remove the mounting, along with the two rubber washers which are fitted on each side of the mounting. On K8 engines only, unscrew the retaining bolts securing the bracket to cylinder block/crankcase and remove it from the engine unit (see illustration). 12 Slacken both the timing belt tensioner pulley Allen screw and the tensioner backplate clamp bolt through half a turn each, then push the pulley assembly downwards to remove all the tension from the timing belt. Hold the tensioner pulley in this position and re-tighten the backplate clamp bolt securely
(see illustration). 13 Slip the belt off the sprockets (see illustration). Do not rotate the crankshaft until
the timing belt has been refitted.
Inspection
14 Check the timing belt carefully for any signs of uneven wear, splitting or oil contamination and renew it if there is the slightest doubt about its condition. If the engine is undergoing an overhaul and has
covered more than 48 000 miles (80 000 km) since the original belt was fitted, renew the belt as a matter of course, regardless of its apparent condition. If signs of oil contamination are found, trace the source of the oil leak and rectify it, then wash down the engine timing belt area and all related components to remove all traces of oil.
Refitting
15 On reassembly, thoroughly clean the timing belt sprockets and check that they are aligned as follows. It is most important that these marks are aligned exactly as this sets valve timing. Note that in this position, Nos 1 and 4 cylinders are at 90° BTDC so that there is no risk of the valves contacting the pistons during dismantling and reassembly.
a) Camshaft sprocket on K8 engine - The EX
line and the mark stamped on the sprocket rim must be at the front (looking at the sprocket from the right-hand side of the vehicle) and aligned exactly with the cylinder head top surface (see illustration).
b) Camshaft sprockets on K16 engine - Both
EXHAUST arrow marks must point to the rear (looking at the sprockets from the right-hand side of the vehicle) with the IN lines and the sprocket rim marks aligned exactly with the line on the timing belt upper left-hand/inner cover (representing the cylinder head top surface). See illustration 8.7.
Engine in-car repair procedures 2A•9
8.11 Removing engine/gearbox unit right­hand mounting bracket - K8 engine
8.7 Camshaft sprocket marks (A) aligned with timing belt upper left-hand (inner)
cover mark (B) - K16 engine
8.6 Crankshaft pulley mark aligned with
timing belt lower cover mark at 90° BTDC
8.15a Camshaft sprocket marks (A)
aligned with cylinder head top surface (B) -
K8 engine
8.13 Mark direction of rotation of timing belt before removal
8.12 Timing belt tensioner pulley bolt (A) and tensioner backplate clamp bolt (B)
2A
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
c) Crankshaft sprocket - The two dots must
be positioned on each side of the raised rib on the oil pump body (see
illustration).
16 If a used belt is being refitted, ensure that
the arrow mark made on removal points in the normal direction of rotation. Fit the timing belt over the crankshaft and camshaft sprockets, ensuring that the belt front run (and, on K16 engines, the top run) is taut, ie: all slack is on the tensioner pulley side of the belt, then fit the belt over the coolant pump sprocket and tensioner pulley. Do not twist the belt sharply during refitting and ensure that the belt teeth are correctly seated centrally in the sprockets and that the timing marks remain in alignment
(see illustration).. 17 Slacken the tensioner backplate clamp
bolt and check that the tensioner pulley moves to tension the belt. If the tensioner assembly is not free to move under spring tension, rectify the fault or the timing belt will not be correctly tensioned. 18 On K16 engines, remove the camshaft sprocket locking tool. 19 On K8 engines, refit the engine/gearbox unit right-hand mounting bracket, tightening its bolts to the specified torque wrench setting. 20 On all engines, refit the timing belt lower cover and the crankshaft pulley. 21 Using a suitable spanner or socket, rotate the crankshaft two full turns clockwise to settle and tension the belt. Realign the crankshaft pulley (90° BTDC) mark and check that the sprocket timing mark(s) are still correctly aligned. 22 If all is well, first tighten the tensioner pulley backplate clamp bolt to the specified torque, then tighten the tensioner pulley Allen screw to the specified torque. 23 Reassemble the engine/gearbox unit right-hand mounting, ensuring that the rubber washers are correctly located, then tighten the mounting nuts and bolts to their specified torque settings. Remove the jack from underneath the engine unit. 24 Refit the front undercover panel and roadwheel, then lower the vehicle to the ground. 25 Refit the timing belt upper right-hand (outer) cover.
26 Where necessary, refit the power steering fluid reservoir to the mounting bracket and secure the hydraulic hose clamps in position with the retaining bolts. 27 Refit the coolant expansion tank and tighten the mounting bolts securely. Secure the coolant hose in position with any necessary retaining clips and reconnect the battery negative lead.
Adjustment
28 As the timing belt is a ‘fit-and-forget’ type, the manufacturer states that tensioning need only be carried out when a belt is (re)fitted. No
re-tensioning is recommended once a belt has been fitted and therefore this operation is not included in the manufacturer’s maintenance schedule. 29 If the timing belt is thought to be incorrectly tensioned, then adjust the tension as described in paragraphs 1 to 7, 17, 21, 22 and 24 to 27 above. 30 If the timing belt has been disturbed, adjust its tension following the same procedure, omitting as appropriate the irrelevant preliminary dismantling/reassembly steps.
9 Timing belt tensioner and
sprockets - removal,
inspection and refitting
4
Note: This Section describes as individual operations the removal and refitting of the components concerned. If more than one
2A•10 Engine in-car repair procedures
9.2a Timing belt, sprockets and covers - K8 engine
1 Timing belt upper right-
hand (outer) cover 2 Seal 3 Bolt 4 Bolt 5 Bolt 6 Shouldered bolt 7 Timing belt lower cover 8 Seal 9 Seal
10 Bolt 11 Bolt
12 Crankshaft pulley 13 Washer 14 Crankshaft pulley bolt 15 Timing belt tensioner
pulley assembly
16 Tensioner pulley Allen
screw
17 Tensioner backplate
clamp bolt 18 Tensioner pulley spring 19 Sleeve
20 Pillar bolt 21 Timing belt 22 Crankshaft sprocket 23 Camshaft sprocket 24 Camshaft sprocket bolt 25 Washer 26 Timing belt upper left-
hand (inner) cover
27 Bolt - cover to water
pump
28 Bolt
8.16 Refitting timing belt ­K16 engine
8.15b Crankshaft sprocket dots (A)
aligned on each side of oil pump raised
rib (B)
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
If both camshaft sprockets on K16 engines are to be removed, it is good practice
to mark them (inlet or exhaust) so that they can be returned to their original locations on reassembly.
component needs to be removed at the same time, start by removing the timing belt, then remove each component as described below whilst ignoring the preliminary dismantling steps.
Removal
1 Disconnect the battery negative lead. 2 To improve access to the timing belt
components (see illustrations), remove the expansion tank mounting bolts then free the coolant hose from any relevant retaining clips and position the tank clear of the engine. On models equipped with power-assisted steering, undo all the power steering hose retaining clip bolts then slide the fluid
reservoir out of its retaining clip and position it clear of the timing belt covers. Take great care not to place any undue strain on hoses and mop up any spilt fluid immediately. 3 Remove the timing belt upper right-hand (outer) cover. 4 Apply the handbrake then jack up the front of the vehicle and support it on axle stands. Remove the right-hand roadwheel. 5 From underneath the front of the vehicle, slacken and remove the three bolts securing the bumper flange to the body. Remove the seven bolts securing the front undercover panel to the body and remove the panel. 6 Using a suitable spanner or socket on the crankshaft pulley bolt, rotate the crankshaft in
a clockwise direction until the long white­painted mark on the crankshaft pulley’s outboard (right-hand) face is aligned with the single, separate mark on the timing belt lower cover so that the crankshaft is in the 90° BTDC position (see Chapter 1 for details of the pulley/cover marks). 7 Check that the camshaft sprocket mark(s) align as described in Section 8, paragraph 15 then proceed as described under the relevant sub-heading.
Camshaft sprocket(s)
8 Slacken through half a turn each, the timing
belt tensioner pulley Allen screw and the tensioner backplate clamp bolt. Push the pulley assembly down to release all tension from the timing belt, then re-tighten the backplate clamp bolt securely. 9 Remove the belt from the camshaft sprocket(s), taking care not to twist it too sharply. Use fingers only to handle the belt. Do not rotate the crankshaft until the timing belt is refitted. 10 On K8 engines, slacken the camshaft sprocket retaining bolt and remove it, along with its washer. To prevent the camshaft from rotating, use Rover service tool 18G 1521 to retain the sprocket. If the tool is not available, then an acceptable substitute can be fabricated from two lengths of steel strip (one long, the other short) and three nuts and bolts. One nut and bolt should form the pivot of a forked tool with the remaining two nuts and bolts at the tips of the forks to engage with the sprocket spokes, as shown in illus­tration 9.23a. 11 On K16 engines, unscrew the appropriate camshaft sprocket retaining bolt and remove it, along with its washer. To prevent a camshaft from rotating, lock together both sprockets using Rover service tool 18G 1570. This tool is a metal sprag shaped on both sides to fit the sprocket teeth and is inserted between the sprockets. If the tool is not available, then an acceptable substitute can be cut from a length of square-section steel tube or similar to fit as closely as possible around the sprocket spokes (see illustrations). 12 On all engines, remove the sprocket(s) from the camshaft end(s), noting the locating roll pin(s) (see illustration). If a roll pin is a
Engine in-car repair procedures 2A•11
9.12 Removing camshaft sprocket (roll pin arrowed) - K8 engine
9.11b . . . to fit sprocket spokes as closely as possible - K16 engine
9.11a Camshaft locking tool cut from steel section . . .
2A
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
9.2b Timing belt, sprockets and covers - K16 engine
1 Timing belt upper right-
hand (outer) cover 2 Bolt 3 Seal 4 Bolt 5 Timing belt lower cover 6 Seal 7 Bolt 8 Bolt 9 Crankshaft pulley
10 Washer 11 Crankshaft pulley bolt 12 Timing belt 13 Camshaft sprockets 14 Bolt 15 Washer 16 Timing belt tensioner
pulley assembly
17 Tensioner pulley Allen
screw
18 Tensioner pulley spring 19 Sleeve 20 Pillar bolt 21 Tensioner backplate
clamp bolt 22 Crankshaft sprocket 23 Timing belt upper left-
hand (inner) cover 24 Bolt
loose fit in the camshaft end, remove it and store it with the sprocket for safe-keeping.
Crankshaft sprocket
13 On K16 engines, use the tool described in
paragraph 11 to lock together the camshaft sprockets so that they cannot move under valve spring pressure when the timing belt is removed. 14 Remove the crankshaft pulley and timing belt lower cover. 15 Slacken through half a turn each the timing belt tensioner pulley Allen screw and the tensioner backplate clamp bolt, push the pulley assembly down to release all the tension from the timing belt, then re-tighten the backplate clamp bolt securely. 16 Work the belt clear of the crankshaft sprocket, taking care not to twist it too sharply. Use fingers only to handle the belt. Do not rotate the crankshaft until the timing belt is refitted.
17 Remove the sprocket from the crankshaft.
Tensioner assembly
18 On K16 engines, use the tool described in
paragraph 11 to lock together the camshaft sprockets so that they cannot move under valve spring pressure when the timing belt is removed. 19 Using a suitable pair of pliers, unhook the tensioner spring from the pillar bolt. Unscrew the tensioner pulley Allen screw and the tensioner backplate clamp bolt then withdraw the tensioner assembly from the engine unit. Do not rotate the crankshaft until the timing belt is re-tensioned.
Inspection
20 Clean thoroughly the camshaft/crankshaft sprockets and renew any that show signs of wear, damage or cracks. 21 Clean the tensioner assembly but do not use any strong solvent which may enter the pulley bearing. Check that the pulley rotates freely on the backplate, with no sign of stiffness or of free play. Renew the assembly if there is any doubt about its condition or if
there are any obvious signs of wear or damage. The same applies to the tensioner spring, which should be checked with great care as its condition is critical for the correct tensioning of the timing belt.
Refitting
Camshaft sprocket(s)
22 If removed, refit the roll pin to the
camshaft end, ensuring that its split is facing the centre of the camshaft, then refit the sprocket so that the timing marks are facing outwards (to the right). On K16 engines, ensure that the appropriate sprocket keyway engages with the camshaft locating pin (ie: if refitting the inlet camshaft sprocket, engage its IN keyway with the roll pin and so on) then refit the sprocket retaining bolt and washer (see illustration). Where necessary, repeat the procedure for the second sprocket. 23 Prevent the sprocket(s) from rotating by using the method employed on removal, then tighten the sprocket retaining bolt(s) to the specified torque setting. Check that the sprocket timing marks align as described in Section 8, paragraph 15 (see illustrations). 24 Fit the timing belt over the camshaft sprockets, ensuring that the belt front run (and, on K16 engines, the top run) is taut, that is, all slack is on the tensioner pulley side of the belt. Do not twist the belt sharply while refitting it and ensure that the belt teeth are correctly seated centrally in the sprockets and that the timing marks remain in alignment. 25 Slacken the tensioner backplate clamp bolt and check that the tensioner pulley moves to tension the belt. If the tensioner assembly is not free to move under spring tension, rectify the fault or the timing belt will not be correctly tensioned. 26 On K16 engines, remove the camshaft sprocket locking tool. 27 Using a suitable spanner or socket, rotate the crankshaft two full turns clockwise to settle and tension the belt. Realign the crankshaft pulley (90° BTDC) mark and check that the sprocket timing mark(s) are still correctly aligned.
28 If all is well, first tighten the tensioner pulley backplate clamp bolt to the specified torque, then tighten the tensioner pulley Allen screw to the specified torque. 29 Refit the front undercover panel and roadwheel, then lower the vehicle to the ground. 30 Refit the timing belt upper right-hand (outer) cover. 31 Where necessary, refit the power steering fluid reservoir to the mounting bracket and secure the hydraulic hose clamps in position with the retaining bolts. 32 Refit the coolant expansion tank and tighten the mounting bolts securely. Secure the coolant hose in position with any necessary retaining clips and reconnect the battery negative lead.
Crankshaft sprocket
33 Refit the sprocket to the crankshaft so
that it locates correctly on the crankshaft’s flattened section, noting that the sprocket flange must be innermost so that the two timing marks are on the outside (right-hand side) of the sprocket. Check that the sprocket timing marks align as described in Section 8, paragraph 15. 34 Fit the timing belt over the crankshaft sprocket, ensuring that the belt front run (and, on K16 engines, the top run) is taut, that is, all slack is on the tensioner pulley side of the belt. Do not twist the belt sharply while refitting it and ensure that the belt teeth are correctly seated centrally in the sprockets and that the timing marks remain in alignment. 35 Slacken the tensioner backplate clamp bolt and check that the tensioner pulley moves to tension the belt. If the tensioner assembly is not free to move under spring tension, rectify the fault or the timing belt will not be correctly tensioned. 36 On K16 engines, remove the camshaft sprocket locking tool. 37 Refit the lower timing belt cover and the crankshaft pulley. 38 Carry out the operations described in paragraphs 27 to 32.
2A•12 Engine in-car repair procedures
9.23b Locking camshafts in position with fabricated tool - K16 engine
9.23a Using fabricated tool to hold
camshaft pulley in position - K8 engine
9.22 Camshaft sprockets have two
keyways. Engage EX keyway with exhaust
camshaft roll pin and IN keyway with inlet
camshaft roll pin - K16 engine
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
Tensioner pulley
39 Refit the tensioner pulley assembly and
tighten the pulley Allen screw and the backplate clamp bolt lightly. Hook the tensioner spring over the pillar bolt and check that the tensioner is free to move under spring tension and that the pulley bears correctly against the timing belt (see illustration). 40 On K16 engines, remove the camshaft sprocket locking tool. 41 Carry out the operations described above in paragraphs 27 to 32.
10 Camshaft oil seals - renewal
4
Note: If a right-hand oil seal is to be renewed with the timing belt still in place, then check that the belt is free from oil contamination. Renew the belt if signs of oil contamination are found. Cover the belt to protect it from contamination while work is in progress and ensure that all traces of oil are removed from the area before the belt is refitted.
Right-hand seal(s)
1 Remove the camshaft sprocket(s). 2 Punch or drill two small holes opposite
each other in the oil seal. Screw a self-tapping screw into each and pull on the screws with pliers to extract the seal. 3 Clean the seal housing and polish off any burrs or raised edges which may have caused the seal to fail in the first place. 4 Lubricate the lips of the new seal with clean engine oil and drive it into position until it seats on its locating shoulder. Use a suitable tubular drift, such as a socket, which bears only on the hard outer edge of the seal (see illustration). Take care not to damage the seal lips during fitting and note that the seal lips should face inwards. 5 Refit the camshaft sprocket(s).
Left-hand seals - K16 engines
6 Disconnect the battery negative lead. 7 To reach the inlet camshaft seal, remove
the distributor. 8 To reach the exhaust camshaft seal,
unfasten the rubber strap securing the air intake duct to its support bracket, disconnect the vacuum pipe from the air temperature control valve and unclip the pipe from the support bracket. Undo the bracket’s retaining bolts and remove the bracket from the cylinder head (see illustration). 9 Remove the old seal and install the new one as described above in paragraphs 2 to 4.
10 On the inlet camshaft, refit the distributor. 11 On the exhaust camshaft, refit the air
intake duct support bracket, tightening its screws to the specified torque wrench setting. Reconnect and secure the air temperature control valve vacuum pipe and refit the rubber strap to secure the air intake duct.
12 Connect the battery negative lead.
11 Camshafts and hydraulic
tappets - removal, inspection
and refitting
4
Note: Prior to removing the camshaft(s), obtain Rover sealant kit LVV 10002 which also contains a plastic scraper. Read the instructions supplied with the kit and take care not to allow the sealant to contact the fingers, as it will bond the skin. If difficulty is experienced with the removal of hardened sealant from mating surfaces, it will be necessary to use a foam action gasket remover.
Removal
K8 engines
1 Remove the cylinder head cover (see illustration 11.0a overleaf). 2 Remove the distributor. 3 Remove the camshaft sprocket.
4 Carefully prise the oil feed tube away from
the camshaft bearing caps and remove it from the head assembly. Remove the O-rings from the oil rail and discard them. The O-rings must be renewed whenever they are disturbed. 5 The camshaft right and left-hand end bearing caps are noticeably different and cannot be confused. The intermediate bearing caps (which are all similar) are marked by the manufacturer with a number (1, 2, 3, or 4) stamped in the boss next to the oil feed hole. Before unbolting any of the caps, make written notes to ensure that each can be easily identified and refitted in its original location. 6 Working in the reverse of the tightening sequence (see illustration 11.29), slacken the camshaft bearing cap bolts progressively, by one turn at a time. Work only as described to release the pressure of the valve springs on the bearing caps gradually and evenly. 7 Withdraw the bearing caps, noting the presence of the locating dowels on the end caps, then remove the camshaft and withdraw the oil seal. 8 Obtain eight small, clean plastic containers, number them 1 to 8, and then fill them with clean engine oil. Using a rubber sucker, withdraw each hydraulic tappet in turn (see illustration), and place it in its respective container, to prevent oil loss. Do not interchange the hydraulic tappets or the rate of wear will be much increased and do not allow them to lose oil or they will take a long
Engine in-car repair procedures 2A•13
10.8 Remove air intake duct support
bracket to reach exhaust camshaft left-
hand oil seal - K16 engine
10.4 Fitting a new camshaft right-hand oil seal - K16 engine
9.39 Ensure timing belt tensioner spring is correctly hooked onto pillar bolt
2A
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
If faulty tappets are diagnosed and the engine’s service history is unknown,
it is always worth trying the effect of renewing the engine oil and filter (using only good quality engine oil of the recommended viscosity and specification) before going to the expense of renewing any of the tappets.
11.8 Use a valve-grinding sucker to extract hydraulic tappets
2A•14 Engine in-car repair procedures
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
11.0a Top end components - K8 engine
11.0b Top end components - K16 engine
1 Cylinder head cover 2 Seal 3 Engine oil filler cap 4 Seal 5 Bolt 6 HT lead retaining clip
bracket 7 Screw 8 HT lead retaining clip 9 HT lead retaining clip
10 HT lead retaining clip
bracket
11 Air intake duct support
bracket
12 Fastener insert 13 Bolt 14 Oil seal 15 Roll pin 16 Camshaft 17 Camshaft right-hand
bearing cap*
18 Dowel 19 Bolt 20 Camshaft intermediate
bearing cap*
21 Bolt 22 Camshaft left-hand
bearing cap*
23 Oil feed tube 24 O-ring 25 Cylinder head bolt 26 Cylinder head 27 Cylinder head gasket 28 Hydraulic tappet 29 Split collets 30 Spring retainer 31 Valve spring 32 Valve stem seal/ spring
lower seat 33 Valve guide 34 Inlet valve 35 Valve seat insert 36 Exhaust valve 37 Valve seat insert 38 Gasket 39 Coolant outlet elbow 40 Bolt 41 Coolant temperature
gauge sender unit 42 Spark plug
* Note: Camshaft bearing caps shown for reference only - not available separately from cylinder head
1 Spark plug cover 2 Screw 3 Retaining washer 4 Engine oil filler cap 5 Seal 6 Spark plug 7 Pillar bolt 8 HT lead grommet
9 HT lead clip plate 10 Bolt 11 Cylinder head cover 12 Gasket 13 Camshaft carrier* 14 Bolt 15 Cylinder head bolt 16 Inlet camshaft 17 Exhaust camshaft 18 Roll pin 19 Rotor arm drive
spindle 20 Oil seal 21 Hydraulic tappet 22 Split collets 23 Spring retainer
24 Valve spring 25 Valve stem seal/spring
lower seat 26 Cylinder head 27 Dowel 28 Cylinder head gasket 29 Valve guide 30 Inlet valves 31 Valve seat insert 32 Exhaust valves 33 Valve seat insert 34 Air intake duct support
bracket 35 Bolt 36 Gasket 37 Coolant outlet elbow 38 Bolt 39 Coolant temperature
gauge sender unit * Note: Camshaft carrier
shown for reference only ­not available separately from cylinder head
time to refill with oil on restarting the engine, resulting in incorrect valve clearances.
K16 engines
9 Remove both camshaft sprockets, then
unscrew the inner cover’s upper retaining bolts so that the cover can be pulled away from the cylinder head just far enough for adequate working clearance. Take care not to distort or damage the cover or the timing belt
(see illustration). 10 Remove the cylinder head cover (see illustration 11.0b). 11 Remove the distributor. 12 Unclip the air temperature control valve
vacuum pipe from the air intake duct support bracket, then unbolt the bracket from the cylinder head. 13 Working in the reverse of the tightening sequence (see illustration 11.36), evenly and progressively slacken the camshaft carrier bolts by one turn at a time. Once all valve spring pressure has been relieved, remove the bolts. 14 Withdraw the camshaft carrier, noting the presence of the locating dowels, then remove the camshafts and slide off the oil seals. The inlet camshaft can be identified by the distributor rotor arm drive spindle (or its location), therefore there is no need to mark the camshafts. 15 Obtain sixteen small, clean plastic containers, number them 1 to 16, and then fill them with clean engine oil. Using a rubber
sucker, withdraw each hydraulic tappet in turn (see illustration 11.8), and place it in its respective container, to prevent oil loss. Do not interchange the hydraulic tappets or the rate of wear will be much increased and do not allow them to lose oil or they will take a long time to refill with oil on restarting the engine, resulting in incorrect valve clearances.
Inspection
16 Check each hydraulic tappet for signs of obvious wear (scoring, pitting, etc) and for ovality. Renew if necessary. 17 If the engine’s valve clearances have sounded noisy, particularly if the noise persists after initial start-up from cold, then there is reason to suspect a faulty hydraulic tappet. Only a good mechanic experienced in these engines can tell whether the noise level is typical, or if renewal is warranted of one or more of the tappets. 18 If any tappet’s operation is faulty, then it must be renewed. 19 Carefully remove all traces of old sealant from the mating surfaces of the bearing caps or camshaft carrier and cylinder head by using a plastic scraper. Examine the camshaft bearing journals and the cylinder head bearing surfaces for signs of obvious wear or pitting. If any such signs are evident, renew the component concerned. 20 To check the bearing journal running clearance, remove the hydraulic tappets, carefully clean the bearing surfaces and refit the camshaft(s) and carrier/bearing caps with a strand of Plastigauge across each journal. Tighten the carrier/bearing cap bolts to the specified torque wrench setting whilst taking great care not to rotate the camshaft(s), then remove the carrier/bearing caps and use the scale provided with the Plastigauge kit to measure the width of each compressed strand. 21 If the running clearance of any bearing is found to be worn to the specified service limit or beyond, fit a new camshaft and repeat the check. If the clearance is still excessive, then the cylinder head must be renewed. 22 To check camshaft endfloat, remove the hydraulic tappets, carefully clean the bearing surfaces and refit the camshaft(s) and carrier/bearing caps. Tighten to the specified
torque wrench setting the carrier/bearing cap bolts, then measure the endfloat using a Dial Test Indicator (DTI) or dial gauge mounted on the cylinder head so that its tip bears on the camshaft right-hand end. 23 Tap the camshaft fully towards the gauge, zero the gauge, then tap the camshaft fully away from the gauge and note the gauge reading. If the endfloat measured is found to be worn to the specified service limit or beyond, fit a new camshaft and repeat the check. If the clearance is still excessive, then the cylinder head must be renewed. 24 The camshaft itself should show no signs of marks, pitting or scoring on the lobe surfaces. If such marks are evident, renew the camshaft. 25 If a camshaft is renewed, extract the roll pin from the old one and fit the pin to the new camshaft with its split towards the camshaft’s centre.
Refitting
K8 engines
26 Liberally oil the cylinder head hydraulic tappet bores and the tappets (see illustration). Note that if new tappets are
being fitted, they must be charged with clean engine oil before installation. Carefully refit the tappets to the cylinder head, ensuring that each tappet is refitted to its original bore and is the correct way up. Some care will be required to enter the tappets squarely into their bores. 27 Liberally oil the camshaft bearings and lobes then refit the camshaft. Position the shaft so that its No 1 cylinder lobes are pointing away from their valves and the roll pin in the camshaft’s right-hand end is in the 4 o’clock position when viewed from the right­hand end of the engine (see illustration). 28 Ensure that the locating dowels are pressed firmly into their recesses. Check that the mating surfaces are completely clean, unmarked and free from oil, then apply a thin bead of special Rover sealant to the mating surfaces of the front and rear bearing caps as shown (see illustration 11.29). Carefully follow the instructions supplied with the sealant kit. Refit the bearing caps, using the notes made on removal, to ensure that each is installed correctly and in its original location (see illustration).
Engine in-car repair procedures 2A•15
11.28 Apply sealant (arrowed) and fit camshaft bearing caps - K8 engine
11.27 Camshaft roll pin location at TDC position (for refitting camshaft bearing
caps) - K8 engine
11.26 Lubricate hydraulic tappets
thoroughly and refit correct way up -
K8 engine
2A
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
11.9 Secure partly-removed timing belt upper left-hand (inner) cover clear of
cylinder head - K16 engine
29 Working in the sequence shown (see illustration), progressively tighten the
camshaft bearing cap bolts by one turn at a time until the caps touch the cylinder head evenly. Now go round again, working in the same sequence, and tighten all the bolts to the specified torque setting. Work only as described to impose the pressure of the valve springs gradually and evenly on the bearing caps. Wipe off all surplus sealant so
that none is left to find its way into any oilways. 30 Squirt clean engine oil into each camshaft bearing cap oil hole, then fit new O-rings to each of the oil feed tube stubs (see illustration). Refit the oil feed tube to the cylinder head and press it firmly into position in the camshaft bearing caps.
31 Fit a new camshaft oil seal (see illustration), then refit the cylinder head cover
and camshaft sprocket.
32 Refit the distributor.
K16 engines
33 Liberally oil the cylinder head hydraulic
tappet bores and the tappets. Note that if new tappets are being fitted, they must be charged with clean engine oil before installation. Carefully refit the tappets to the cylinder head, ensuring that each tappet is refitted to its original bore and is the correct way up. Some care will be required to enter the tappets squarely into their bores. 34 Liberally oil the camshaft bearings and lobes and refit them to the cylinder head. Position each shaft so that its No 1 cylinder lobes are pointing away from their valves. With the shafts in this position, the roll pin in the inlet camshaft’s right-hand end will be in the 4 o’clock position when viewed from the right-hand end of the engine, while that of the
exhaust camshaft will be in the 8 o’clock position (see illustration). 35 Ensure that the locating dowels are pressed firmly into their recesses, check that the mating surfaces are completely clean, unmarked and free from oil, then apply a thin bead of special Rover sealant to the mating surfaces of the camshaft carrier as shown (see illustration). Carefully follow the instructions supplied with the sealant kit. Refit the carrier.
36 Working in the sequence shown (see illustration), progressively tighten the
camshaft carrier bolts by one turn at a time until the carrier touches the cylinder head evenly. Now go round again, working in the same sequence, tightening all bolts to the specified torque setting. Work only as described to impose the pressure of the valve springs gradually and evenly on the carrier. Wipe off all surplus sealant so that none is left to find its way into any oilways. 37 Fit new camshaft oil seals, then refit the cylinder head cover, inner timing cover retaining bolts and camshaft sprockets.
38 Refit the distributor. 39 Refit the air intake duct support bracket,
tightening its screws to their specified torque wrench setting, then reconnect and secure the air temperature control valve vacuum pipe and refit the rubber strap to secure the air intake duct.
2A•16 Engine in-car repair procedures
11.36 Camshaft carrier bolt tightening sequence - K16 engine
11.35 Apply thin bead of sealant to
camshaft carrier mating surfaces along
paths shown by heavy black lines -
K16 engine
11.31 Fitting a new camshaft right-hand oil seal - K8 engine
11.34 Camshaft roll pin locations at TDC position for refitting camshaft carrier
(arrowed) - K16 engine
11.30b Renew O-rings (arrowed) before refitting oil feed tube - K8 engine
11.30a Fill oil holes with clean engine oil ­K8 engine
11.29 Camshaft bearing cap bolt tightening sequence - K8 engine
Note: Apply thin bead of sealant to end
bearing cap mating surfaces along paths
shown by heavy black lines
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
12 Valve clearances -
general information
1 It is necessary for a clearance to exist between the tip of each valve stem and the valve operating mechanism. This allows for expansion of the various engine components as the engine reaches normal operating temperature. 2 On most older engine designs, this meant that the valve clearances (also known as ‘tappet’ clearances) had to be checked and adjusted regularly. If the clearances were too slack, the engine would be very noisy, its power output would suffer and its fuel consumption would increase. Conversely, if the clearances were too tight, the engine’s power output would be reduced and the valves and their seats could be severely damaged. 3 The engines covered in this Manual employ hydraulic tappets which use engine oil pressure to automatically take up the clearance between each camshaft lobe and its respective valve stem. This means that there is no need for regular checking and inspection of the valve clearances, but it is essential that only good quality oil of the recommended viscosity and specification is used in the engine and that this oil is scrupulously changed at the recommended intervals. If this advice is not followed, the oilways and tappets may become clogged with particles of dirt or deposits of burnt engine oil, so that the system cannot work properly. Ultimately, one or more of the tappets may fail and expensive repairs may be required. 4 On starting the engine from cold, there will be a slight delay while full oil pressure builds up in all parts of the engine, especially in the tappets. The valve clearances, therefore, may well rattle for about 10 seconds or so and then quieten. This is a normal state of affairs and is nothing to worry about, provided that all tappets quieten quickly and stay quiet. 5 After the vehicle has been standing for several days, the valve clearances may rattle for longer than usual as nearly all the oil will have drained away from the engine’s top end components and bearing surfaces. While this is only to be expected, care must be taken not to damage the engine by running it at high speed until all the tappets are refilled with oil and operating normally. With the vehicle stationary, hold the engine at no more than a fast idle speed (maximum 2000 to 2500 rpm) for 10 to 15 minutes or until the noise ceases. Do not run the engine at more than 3000 rpm until all tappets are fully recharged with oil and all noise has ceased. 6 If the valve clearances are thought to be noisy, or if a light rattle persists from the engine’s top end after it has reached normal operating temperature, take the vehicle to a Rover dealer for expert advice. Depending on
the mileage covered and the usage to which each vehicle has been put, some vehicles may be noisier than others. Only a good mechanic experienced in these engines can tell if the noise level is typical for the vehicle’s mileage or if a genuine fault exists. If any tappet’s operation is faulty, then it must be renewed.
13 Cylinder head -
removal and refitting
4
Note: Due to engine design, it will become very difficult, almost impossible, to turn the crankshaft once the cylinder head bolts have been slackened. The manufacturer states that the crankshaft will be ‘tight’ and should not be rotated more than absolutely necessary once the head has been removed. If the crankshaft cannot be rotated, then it must be removed for overhaul work to proceed. With this in mind, the crankshaft always must be rotated to the desired position before the bolts are disturbed.
Removal
1 Disconnect the battery negative lead. 2 Drain the cooling system. 3 Remove the camshaft sprocket(s). 4 Unscrew the bolts securing the timing belt
upper left-hand (inner) cover to the cylinder head, so that the cover can be pulled away from the cylinder head just far enough for adequate working clearance. Take care not to distort or damage the cover or the timing belt.
5 Remove the cylinder head cover. 6 Disconnect the exhaust system front pipe
from the manifold and, where fitted, disconnect or release the lambda sensor wiring so that it is not strained by the weight of the exhaust. 7 Note that the following text assumes that the cylinder head will be removed with both inlet and exhaust manifolds attached. This is easier but makes it a bulky and heavy assembly to handle. If it is wished first to remove the manifolds, proceed as described in the relevant Sections of Chapter 4. 8 On carburettor engines, disconnect the following from the carburettor and inlet manifold as described in the relevant Sections of Chapter 4A:
a) Fuel pump feed hose - plug both
openings to prevent loss of fuel and entry
of dirt into system. b) Carburettor idle bypass solenoid wires. c) Accelerator cable. d) Choke cable. e) Vacuum servo unit vacuum hose. f) Inlet manifold PTC heater wire. g) Inlet manifold heater temperature switch
wiring.
9 On fuel-injected engines, refer to the relevant Sections of Chapter 4B or C, and disconnect or remove all throttle body/fuel rail components appertaining to cylinder head removal, noting the following:
a) The fuel system must be depressurised
before any component is disconnected.
b) Plug the open ends of all disconnected
pipes to prevent loss of fuel and entry of dirt into system.
c) Discard all sealing washers and O-rings,
these must be renewed.
10 Working as described in Chapter 3, disconnect the connector plug from the coolant temperature sensor screwed into the coolant outlet elbow, then disconnect the coolant hoses from the (three) inlet manifold unions and from the coolant outlet elbow. 11 Unclip the engine wiring harness from the inlet manifold or its support stays. Slacken the bolts securing the stays to the manifold, then unbolt the support stays and the carburettor metal overflow pipes from the cylinder block/crankcase. 12 Remove the distributor cap, complete with the spark plug HT leads. Remove the spark plugs. 13 On K16 engines equipped with air conditioning, undo the nuts and bolts securing the heat shields to the rear of the alternator and air conditioning compressor and remove both heat shields. Slacken the two lower alternator mounting bolts then remove the upper mounting bolt and pivot the alternator away from the cylinder head. 14 Working in the reverse of the tightening sequence (see illustrations 13.29a or
13.29b), progressively slacken the ten cylinder head bolts by one turn at a time. A female Torx-type socket (No 12 size) will be required. Remove each bolt in turn and store it in its correct fitted order by pushing it through a clearly-marked cardboard template. 15 The joint between the cylinder head and gasket and the cylinder block/crankcase must now be broken without disturbing the wet liners. Although these liners are better located and sealed than some wet liner engines, there is still a risk of coolant and foreign matter leaking into the sump if the cylinder head is lifted carelessly. If care is not taken and the liners are moved, there is also a possibility of the bottom seals being disturbed, causing leakage after refitting the head. 16 To break the joint, obtain two L-shaped metal bars which fit into the cylinder head bolt holes and gently rock the cylinder head free towards the front of the vehicle (see illustration). Do not try to swivel the head on
Engine in-car repair procedures 2A•17
13.16 Using two cranked bars to break cylinder head joint
2A
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
the cylinder block/crankcase as it is located by dowels as well as by the tops of the liners. 17 With the joint broken, lift the cylinder head away, using assistance if possible as it is a heavy assembly, especially if complete with the manifolds. Remove the gasket, noting the two locating dowels, and discard it. 18 Further to the warnings given in the note at the beginning of this Section, do not attempt to rotate the crankshaft with the cylinder head removed, otherwise the wet liners may be displaced. Operations that would normally require the rotation of the crankshaft (eg: cleaning the piston crowns) must be carried out with great care to ensure that no particles of dirt or foreign matter are left behind. If cylinder liner clamps are to be used, they must be clamped in place using
spacers fitted under the heads of the cylinder head bolts. 19 If the cylinder head is to be dismantled, remove the camshaft(s) then refer to the relevant Sections of Part B of this Chapter.
Refitting
20 Check the condition of the cylinder head bolts, particularly their threads. Keeping all bolts in their correct fitted order, wash them and wipe dry. Check each bolt for any sign of visible wear or damage, renewing as necessary. Lightly oil the threads of each bolt, carefully enter it into its original hole and screw it in, by hand only until finger-tight. Measure the distance from the cylinder block/crankcase gasket surface to under the bolt’s head (see illustration). 21 If the distance measured is under 97 mm, the bolt may be re-used. If the distance measured is more than 97 mm, the bolt must be renewed. Considering the task these bolts perform and the pressures they must withstand, owners should consider renewing all the bolts as a matched set if more than one of the originals fail inspection or are close to the limit set. 22 The mating faces of the cylinder head and cylinder block/crankcase must be perfectly clean before refitting the head. Use a hard plastic or wood scraper to remove all traces of gasket and carbon. 23 Check the mating surfaces of the cylinder block/crankcase and the cylinder head for
nicks, deep scratches and other damage. If slight, they may be removed carefully with a file, but if excessive, machining may be the only alternative to renewal. 24 If warpage of the cylinder head gasket surface is suspected, use a straight-edge to check it for distortion. Refer to Part B of this Chapter if necessary. 25 Wipe clean the mating surfaces of the cylinder head and cylinder block/crankcase. Check that the two locating dowels are in position at each end of the cylinder block/crankcase surface. 26 Position a new gasket on the cylinder block/crankcase surface so that its TOP mark is uppermost and the FRONT arrow points to the timing belt end (see illustrations). 27 Refit the cylinder head, locating it on the dowels (see illustration). 28 Keeping all the cylinder head bolts in their correct fitted order, wash them and wipe dry. Lightly oil under the head and on the threads of each bolt, carefully enter it into its original hole and screw it in, by hand only, until finger­tight. 29 Working progressively and in the sequence shown (see illustrations), use first a torque wrench, then an ordinary socket extension bar to tighten the cylinder head bolts through the specified stages. To tighten the bolts through the specified angles, simply use a felt-tip pen or similar to mark the position on the cylinder head of each bolt head’s radial mark. The second stage then
2A•18 Engine in-car repair procedures
13.29c Alignment of bolt head radial
marks with cylinder head to establish
tightening angles (arrowed)
13.29b Cylinder head bolt tightening sequence - K16 engine
13.29a Cylinder head bolt tightening sequence - K8 engine
13.27 Refitting the cylinder head
13.26b . . . so that TOP mark is upwards
and FRONT arrow points to timing belt end
13.26a Fit new cylinder head gasket on two locating dowels (arrowed) . . .
13.20 Checking condition of cylinder head bolt threads - cylinder head removed
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
tightens each bolt through half a turn so that the marks face away from each other and the third stage tightens them through another half-turn so that all the bolt-head marks will then align again with their cylinder head counterparts. If any bolt is overtightened past its mark, slacken it through 90°, then re­tighten until the marks align (see illustration). 30 Refit and tighten the inlet manifold support stay bolts, then secure the engine wiring harness using the clips provided. 31 On K16 engines equipped with air conditioning, refit the alternator mounting bolts and tighten them to the specified torque setting. Refit the compressor and alternator heatshields, tightening their retaining bolts and nuts securely. 32 Connect all disturbed coolant hoses, securing them in position with their retaining clips. Reconnect the coolant temperature sensor wiring. 33 Working as described in Chapter 4, connect or refit all disturbed wiring, hoses and control cable(s) to the inlet manifold and fuel system components, then adjust the choke and or accelerator cable(s). 34 Reconnect the exhaust system front pipe to the manifold and (if applicable) reconnect the lambda sensor wiring. 35 Refit the cylinder head cover, inner timing cover retaining bolts and camshaft sprocket(s). 36 Refit the spark plugs and distributor cap then reconnect the battery negative lead.
37 Refill the cooling system.
14 Sump -
removal and refitting
2
Note: It is essential that new bolts of the Patchlok type are used when refitting the sump.
Removal
1 Disconnect the battery negative lead. 2 Drain the engine oil then clean and refit the
engine oil drain plug, tightening it to the specified torque wrench setting. If the engine is nearing its service interval when the oil and filter are due for renewal, it is recommended that the filter is also removed and a new one fitted. After reassembly, the engine can then be replenished with fresh engine oil. 3 Apply the handbrake, then jack up the front of the vehicle and support it on axle stands. Remove the right-hand roadwheel. 4 From underneath the front of the vehicle, slacken and remove the three bolts securing the bumper flange to the body. Remove the seven bolts securing the front undercover panel to the body and remove the panel. 5 Working as described in Chapter 4, disconnect the exhaust system front pipe from the manifold and, where fitted, disconnect or release the lambda sensor
wiring so that it is not strained by the weight of the exhaust. 6 Unscrew the three retaining bolts and remove the flywheel lower cover plate (see
illustration). 7 Slacken and remove the bolts securing the
anti-beaming bracket to the engine and transmission and remove the bracket. 8 Progressively slacken the sump retaining bolts then remove them along with the anti­beaming bracket support. Make a note of the correct fitted position of the support and of the longer bolts at positions 4, 8 and 12 (see illustration 14.14) to ensure correct refitment on reassembly. 9 Break the joint by striking the sump with the palm of the hand, then lower the sump and withdraw it (see illustration). 10 While the sump is removed, take the opportunity to unbolt the oil pump pick­up/strainer pipe and clean it using a suitable solvent. Inspect the strainer mesh for signs of clogging or splitting and renew if necessary.
Refitting
11 Clean all traces of gasket from the mating surfaces of the cylinder block/crankcase and sump, then use a clean rag to wipe out the sump and the engine’s interior. If the oil pump pick-up/strainer pipe was removed, fit a new sealing O-ring to its end and refit the pipe, tightening its retaining bolts to the specified torque setting. 12 If the sump gasket is damaged or shows signs of deterioration, then it must be renewed. Fit the gasket to the sump mating
surface so that its 7 locating pegs fit into the sump holes (see illustration). 13 Offer up the sump to the cylinder block/crankcase then fit the new sump retaining bolts, not forgetting the anti­beaming bracket support. Tighten the bolts finger-tight only.
14 Working in the sequence shown (see illustration), tighten the sump bolts to the
specified torque setting. 15 Refit the anti-beaming bracket and tighten the mounting bolts to the specified torque setting. 16 Install the flywheel lower cover plate and tighten the retaining bolts to the specified torque wrench setting. 17 Reconnect the exhaust system front pipe to the manifold and, where necessary, reconnect the lambda sensor wiring. 18 Refit the undercover panel and wheel, then lower the vehicle to the ground and reconnect the battery negative lead.
19 Replenish the engine oil.
15 Oil pump -
removal and refitting
4
Note: The oil pressure relief valve can be dismantled without removing the oil pump from the vehicle. See Section 16 for details.
Removal
1 Remove the crankshaft sprocket and secure the timing belt clear of the working
Engine in-car repair procedures 2A•19
14.9 Removing the sump14.6 Remove flywheel lower cover plate to
reach sump bolts
14.14 Sump bolt tightening sequence14.12 Sump gasket pegs must engage
with sump mating surface holes
2A
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
area so that it cannot be contaminated with oil. 2 Drain the engine oil, then clean and refit the engine oil drain plug, tightening it to the specified torque wrench setting. If the engine is nearing its service interval when the oil and filter are due for renewal, it is recommended that the filter is also removed and a new one fitted. After reassembly, the engine can then be replenished with fresh engine oil. 3 Where necessary, unscrew the alternator adjuster link retaining nut and unbolt the engine wiring harness guide retaining screws, then move the link and guide clear of the oil pump. 4 Unscrew the oil pump retaining bolts, noting the fitted position of the special bolt, and withdraw the oil pump (see illustration). Recover the pump gasket and discard it, then carefully lever the crankshaft right-hand oil seal out of the oil pump. The oil seal should be renewed whenever it is disturbed.
Refitting
5 Thoroughly clean the mating faces of the oil pump and cylinder block/crankcase. Use grease to stick a new gasket in place. 6 Prime the pump before installation by injecting clean engine oil into it and turning it by hand. 7 Offer up the pump, ensuring that its inner
gear engages fully on the crankshaft flats, then push the pump fully into position. 8 Refit the pump retaining bolts, ensuring that the special bolt is refitted to its original position. Tighten the retaining bolts to the specified torque setting in the order shown
(see illustration). 9 If removed, refit the alternator adjuster link
and the engine wiring harness guide, then tighten securely the retaining nut and screws.
10 Fit a new crankshaft right-hand oil seal. 11 Remove all traces of surplus oil then refit
the crankshaft sprocket.
12 Replenish the engine oil.
16 Oil pump - dismantling,
inspection and reassembly
4
Note: If oil pump wear is suspected, check the cost and availability of new parts (only available in the form of repair kit LQX 10001) against the cost of a new pump. Examine the pump as described in this Section and then decide whether renewal or repair is the best course of action.
Dismantling
1 Remove the oil pump. 2 Unscrew the Torx screws (size T25) and
remove the pump cover plate. Discard the sealing ring. 3 Note the identification marks on the outer rotor then remove both the rotors from the body.
4 The oil pressure relief valve can be dismantled, if required, without disturbing the pump. If this is to be done with the pump in position and the engine still installed in the vehicle, it will first be necessary to jack up the front of the vehicle and remove the right-hand roadwheel to gain access to the valve (see
illustration). 5 To dismantle the valve, unscrew the
threaded plug and recover the valve spring and plunger (see illustration). Discard the plug sealing washer.
Inspection
6 Inspect the rotors for obvious signs of wear or damage and renew if necessary. If the pump body or cover plate is scored or damaged, then the complete oil pump assembly must be renewed. 7 Using feeler gauge blades of the appropriate thickness, measure the clearance between the outer rotor and the pump body, then between the tips of the inner and outer rotor lobes (a and b respectively) (see
illustration). 8 Using feeler gauge blades and a straight-
edge placed across the top of the pump body and the rotors, measure the rotor endfloat (c). 9 If any measurement is outside the specified limits, the complete pump assembly must be renewed. 10 If the pressure relief valve plunger is scored, or if it does not slide freely in the pump body bore, then it must be renewed, using all the components from the repair kit. 11 To complete a thorough inspection of the oil pump components, the sump should be removed and the oil pump pick-up/strainer pipe removed and cleaned.
Reassembly
12 Lubricate the pump rotors with clean engine oil and refit them to the pump body,
2A•20 Engine in-car repair procedures
16.7 Checking oil pump rotors for wear ­see text for details
16.5 Oil pressure relief valve assembly
1 Threaded plug 2 Valve spring and plunger
16.4 Unscrewing oil pressure relief valve threaded plug
15.8 Oil pump bolt tightening sequence
15.4 Alternator adjuster link nut (A) wiring guide screws (B) oil pump bolts (C) and
special oil pump bolt (D)
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
ensuring that the outer rotor’s identification mark faces outwards (see illustration). 13 Fit a new sealing ring to the pump body and refit the cover plate. Apply thread-locking compound to the threads of the cover plate Torx screws and tighten them securely. 14 Check that the pump rotates freely, then prime it by injecting oil into its passages and rotating it. If a long time elapses before the pump is refitted to the engine, prime it again before installation. 15 Refit the oil pressure relief valve plunger, ensuring that it is the correct way up, then install the spring. Fit a new sealing washer to the threaded plug and tighten the plug securely.
17 Crankshaft oil seals -
renewal
4
Right-hand seal
1 Remove the crankshaft sprocket and secure the timing belt clear of the working area so that it cannot be contaminated with oil. 2 Punch or drill two small holes opposite each other in the seal. Screw a self-tapping screw into each and pull on the screws with pliers to extract the seal. 3 Clean the seal housing and polish off any burrs or raised edges which may have caused the seal to fail in the first place. 4 Lubricate the lips of the new seal with clean engine oil and drive it into position until it seats on its locating shoulder. Use a suitable tubular drift, such as a socket, which bears only on the hard outer edge of the seal. Take care not to damage the seal lips during fitting. Use either grease or a thin layer of insulating tape to protect the seal lips from the edges of the crankshaft flats but be careful to remove all traces of tape and to lubricate the seal lips if the second method is used. Note that the seal lips should face inwards. 5 Wash off any traces of oil, then refit the crankshaft sprocket.
Left-hand seal
6 Remove the flywheel.
7 Taking care not to mark either the
crankshaft or any part of the cylinder block/crankcase, lever the seal evenly out of its housing. 8 Clean the seal housing and polish off any burrs or raised edges which may have caused the seal to fail in the first place. 9 Lubricate with grease the lips of the new seal and the crankshaft shoulder, then offer up the seal to the cylinder block/crankcase. 10 Ease the sealing lip of the seal over the crankshaft shoulder by hand only, then press the seal evenly into its housing until its outer flange seats evenly on the housing lip. If necessary, a soft-faced mallet can be used to tap the seal gently into place. 11 Wash off any traces of oil, then refit the flywheel.
18 Flywheel - removal,
inspection and refitting
5
Removal
1 Remove the gearbox and the clutch assembly. 2 Prevent the flywheel from turning by locking the ring gear teeth (see illustration) or by bolting a strap between the flywheel and the cylinder block/crankcase. 3 Slacken and remove the flywheel retaining bolts and discard them The bolts must be renewed whenever they are disturbed. 4 Remove the flywheel. Do not drop it, as it is very heavy.
Inspection
5 If the flywheel’s clutch mating surface is deeply scored, cracked or otherwise damaged, then the flywheel must be renewed, unless it is possible to have it surface ground. Seek the advice of a Rover dealer or engine reconditioning specialist. 6 If the ring gear is badly worn or has missing teeth, then it must be renewed. This job is best left to a Rover dealer or engine reconditioning specialist. The temperature to which the new ring gear must be heated for installation (350°C - shown by an even light blue colour) is critical and, if not done
accurately, the hardness of the teeth will be destroyed. 7 Examine the reluctor ring (fitted to the rear of the flywheel) for signs of damage and check that it is securely fastened by the two retaining screws. If the reluctor ring is damaged, then it must be renewed.
Refitting
8 Clean the mating surfaces of the flywheel and crankshaft. Clean any remaining adhesive from the threads of the crankshaft threaded holes by making two saw cuts at opposite points along the (carefully-cleaned) threads of one of the original flywheel bolts and screwing it into each hole in turn. Do not use a tap to clean the threads in this way. 9 Position the flywheel over the crankshaft’s locating dowel, press it into place and fit six
new bolts. 10 Lock the flywheel using the method
employed on dismantling, then tighten the retaining bolts to the specified torque wrench setting. 11 Refit the clutch, then remove the locking tool and refit the gearbox.
19 Engine/gearbox mountings -
inspection and renewal
2
Inspection
1 If improved access is required, raise the front of the vehicle and support it securely on axle stands. 2 Check the mounting rubber to see if it is cracked, hardened or separated from the metal at any point. Renew the mounting if any such damage or deterioration is evident. 3 Check that all mounting fasteners are securely tightened. Use a torque wrench to check, if possible. 4 Using a large screwdriver or a pry bar, check for wear in the mounting by carefully levering against it to check for free play. Where this is not possible, enlist the aid of an assistant to move the engine/gearbox unit back and forth or from side to side while you watch the mounting. While some free play is to be expected even from new components, excessive wear should be obvious. If excessive free play is found, check first that the fasteners are correctly secured, then renew any worn components as described below.
Renewal
Right-hand mounting
5 Disconnect the battery negative lead. 6 To improve access to the mounting,
remove the expansion tank mounting bolts then free the coolant hose from any relevant retaining clips and position the tank clear of the engine. On models equipped with power­assisted steering, undo all the power steering hose retaining clamp bolts then slide the fluid
Engine in-car repair procedures 2A•21
18.2 Using fabricated tool to lock flywheel in position
16.12 Oil pump outer rotor outside face identifying mark (arrowed)
2A
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
reservoir out of its retaining clip and position it clear of the timing belt covers. Take great care not to place any undue strain on hoses and mop up any spilt fluid immediately. 7 Support the weight of the engine/gearbox unit by using a trolley jack, with a wooden spacer to prevent damage to the sump. Unscrew the mounting through-bolt and nut and the mounting to bracket nuts. Remove the mounting, noting the two rubber washers
(see illustrations). 8 Where necessary, unscrew the retaining
bolts and remove the bracket from the cylinder block/crankcase. 9 Check carefully for signs of wear or damage on all components and renew them where necessary. 10 On reassembly, refit the bracket to the
cylinder block/crankcase and tighten the retaining bolts to the specified torque setting. 11 Locate the rubber washers on the mounting, one on each side of its centre boss, then refit the mounting to the bracket and tighten the retaining nuts, finger-tight only. 12 Using the trolley jack to position the engine unit at the correct height, refit from rear to front the mounting-to-body through­bolt, ensuring that the rubber washers are correctly seated, then refit the nut (see
illustration). 13 Tighten the mounting to bracket nuts and
the through-bolt to the specified torque wrench settings, then lower and remove the jack. 14 Where necessary, refit the power steering fluid reservoir to its mounting bracket and secure the hydraulic hose clamps in position with the retaining bolts. 15 Refit the coolant expansion tank and tighten the mounting bolts securely. Secure the coolant hose in position with any necessary retaining clips and reconnect the battery negative lead.
Left-hand mounting
16 Disconnect the battery negative lead then
disconnect the clutch cable. 17 To improve access to the mounting, unclip the engine wiring harness and position it clear of the mounting. 18 Support the weight of the engine/gearbox
unit by using a trolley jack, with a wooden spacer to prevent damage to the gearbox casing. Slacken and remove the two bolts securing the gearbox bracket to the mounting
(see illustration). 19 Lower the engine/gearbox unit, then
remove the four bolts securing the mounting to the body and manoeuvre the mounting out of position. If required, slacken and remove the two bolts which secure the bracket to the gearbox and remove the bracket (see
illustrations). 20 Although the mounting rubber is secured
by two nuts to a metal outer section, the two parts can be renewed only as a complete assembly. Check all components carefully for signs of wear or damage and renew where necessary. 21 On reassembly, refit the bracket to the gearbox and tighten the retaining bolts to the specified torque setting. 22 Manoeuvre the mounting into position then refit the retaining bolts and tighten them to the specified torque setting. 23 Use the trolley jack to raise the gearbox to the correct height, then refit the mounting bracket to mounting bolts and tighten them to the specified torque setting. Refit the wiring harness to its retaining clip. 24 Refit the clutch cable and reconnect the battery negative lead.
Rear mounting
25 Apply the handbrake then jack up the
2A•22 Engine in-car repair procedures
19.19c Gearbox bracket is retained by two bolts (one arrowed)
19.19b . . . and remove mounting19.19a . . . then lower gearbox and remove
four left-hand mounting-to-body bolts
(arrowed) . . .
19.12 Check rubber washers are correctly
installed before tightening through-bolt nut
19.18 Slacken and remove gearbox bracket-to-mounting bolts . . .
19.7b Right-hand mounting through-
bolt (A), mounting-to-bracket nuts (B),
bracket-to-cylinder block/crankcase bolts
(two arrowed - C)
19.7a Use trolley jack with wooden spacer to adjust height of engine/gearbox unit
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
front of the vehicle and support it securely on axle stands. 26 Support the weight of the engine/gearbox unit by using a trolley jack, with a wooden spacer to prevent damage to the transmission casing. Unbolt the mounting bracket from the gearbox and the connecting link from the underbody bracket, then remove the mounting (see illustrations). 27 Unscrew the through-bolt to separate the connecting link from the bracket. Check carefully for signs of wear or damage, paying particular attention to the connecting link rubber bushes. Renew as necessary. 28 Reassembly is the reverse of the removal procedure. Tighten all mounting bolts to the specified torque setting.
Engine in-car repair procedures 2A•23
19.26b . . . then undo connecting link-to­underbody bracket bolt and remove
mounting
19.26a Unbolt rear mounting to gearbox bolts (arrowed) . . .
2A
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
2B
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
Chapter 2 Part B Engine removal and general overhaul procedures
Crankshaft - inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Crankshaft - refitting and main bearing running clearance check . . 18
Crankshaft - removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Cylinder block/crankcase, bearing ladder and oil rail - cleaning
and inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Cylinder head - dismantling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Cylinder head - reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Cylinder head and valves - cleaning and inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Cylinder liners - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Engine - initial start-up after overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Engine overhaul - dismantling sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Engine overhaul - general information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Engine overhaul - reassembly sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Engine/gearbox - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Engine/gearbox removal - methods and precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Main and big-end bearings - inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Piston rings - refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Piston/connecting rod assembly - inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Piston/connecting rod assembly - refitting and big-end bearing
running clearance check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Piston/connecting rod assembly - removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2B•1
Contents
Specifications
Refer to Part A of this Chapter
Easy, suitable for
novice with little experience
Fairly easy, suitable for beginner with some experience
Fairly difficult,
suitable for competent DIY mechanic
Difficult, suitable for experienced DIY mechanic
Very difficult,
suitable for expert DIY or professional
Degrees of difficulty
5
4
3
2
1
1 General information
Included in this part of the Chapter are details of removing the engine/gearbox unit from the vehicle and general overhaul procedures for the cylinder head, cylinder block/crankcase and all other engine internal components.
The information given ranges from advice concerning preparation for an overhaul and the purchase of replacement parts to detailed step-by-step procedures covering removal, inspection, renovation and refitting of engine internal components.
After Section 5, all instructions are based on the assumption that the engine has been removed from the vehicle. For information concerning in-car engine repair, as well as the
removal and refitting of those external components necessary for full overhaul, refer to Part A of this Chapter and to Section 5. Ignore any preliminary dismantling operations described in Part A that are no longer relevant once the engine has been removed from the vehicle.
2 Engine overhaul -
general information
It is not always easy to determine when, or if, an engine should be completely overhauled, as a number of factors must be considered.
High mileage is not necessarily an indication that an overhaul is needed, while low mileage does not preclude the need for an overhaul. Frequency of servicing is probably
the most important consideration. An engine which has had regular and frequent oil and filter changes, as well as other required maintenance, should give many thousands of miles of reliable service. Conversely, a neglected engine may require an overhaul very early in its life. If a complete service does not remedy any problems, major mechanical work is the only solution.
Excessive oil consumption is an indication that piston rings, valve seals and/or valve guides are in need of attention. Make sure that oil leaks are not responsible before deciding that the rings and/or guides are worn. Perform a compression test to determine the likely cause of the problem.
Check the oil pressure with a gauge fitted in place of the oil pressure switch and compare it with that specified. If it is extremely low, the main and big-end bearings and/or the oil pump are probably worn out.
Loss of power, rough running, knocking or metallic engine noises, excessive valve gear noise and high fuel consumption may also point to the need for an overhaul, especially if they are all present at the same time.
An engine overhaul involves restoring all internal parts to the specification of a new engine. During an overhaul, the cylinder liners, the pistons and the piston rings are renewed. New main and big-end bearings are generally fitted and, if necessary, the crankshaft may be renewed to restore the journals. The valves are serviced as well, since they are usually in less than perfect condition at this point. While the engine is being overhauled, other components, such as the distributor, starter and alternator, can be overhauled as well. The end result should be an as-new engine that will give many trouble-free miles.
Critical cooling system components such as the hoses, thermostat and coolant pump should be renewed when an engine is overhauled. The radiator should be checked carefully to ensure that it is not clogged or leaking. Also it is a good idea to renew the oil pump whenever the engine is overhauled.
Before beginning the engine overhaul, read through the entire procedure to familiarize yourself with the scope and requirements of the job. Overhauling an engine is not difficult if you follow carefully all of the instructions, have the necessary tools and equipment and pay close attention to all specifications. However, it can be time-consuming. Plan on the vehicle being off the road for a minimum of two weeks, especially if parts must be taken to an engineering works for repair or reconditioning. Check on the availability of parts and make sure that any necessary special tools and equipment are obtained in advance. Most work can be done with typical hand tools, although a number of precision measuring tools are required for inspecting parts to determine if they must be renewed. Often the engineering works will handle the inspection of parts and offer advice concerning reconditioning and renewal.
Always wait until the engine has been completely dismantled and all components, especially the cylinder block/crankcase, the cylinder liners and the crankshaft have been inspected before deciding what service and repair operations must be performed by an engineering works. Since the condition of these components will be the major factor to consider when determining whether to overhaul the original engine or buy a reconditioned unit, do not purchase parts or have overhaul work done on other components until they have been thoroughly inspected. As a general rule, time is the primary cost of an overhaul, so it does not pay to fit worn or substandard parts.
As a final note, to ensure maximum life and minimum trouble from a reconditioned engine, everything must be assembled with care in a spotlessly clean environment.
3 Engine/gearbox removal -
methods and precautions
If you have decided that the engine must be removed for overhaul or major repair work, several preliminary steps should be taken.
Locating a suitable place to work is extremely important. Adequate work space, along with storage space for the vehicle, will be needed. If a shop or garage is not available, at the very least a flat, level, clean work surface is required.
Cleaning the engine compartment and engine/gearbox before beginning the removal procedure will help keep things clean and organised.
An engine hoist or A-frame will also be necessary. Make sure the equipment is rated in excess of the combined weight of the engine and gearbox (290 lb/130 kg approximately). Safety is of primary importance, considering the potential hazards involved in lifting the engine/gearbox unit out of the vehicle.
If the engine/gearbox unit is being removed by a novice, a helper should be available. Advice and aid from someone more experienced would also be helpful. There are many instances when one person cannot simultaneously perform all of the operations required when lifting the unit out of the vehicle.
Plan the operation ahead of time. Before starting work, arrange for the hire of or obtain all of the tools and equipment you will need. Some of the equipment necessary to perform engine/gearbox removal and installation safely and with relative ease are (in addition to an engine hoist) a heavy duty trolley jack, complete sets of spanners and sockets as described at the front of this Manual, wooden blocks and plenty of rags and cleaning solvent for mopping up spilled oil, coolant and fuel. If the hoist must be hired, make sure that you arrange for it in advance and perform all of the operations possible without it beforehand. This will save you money and time.
Plan for the vehicle to be out of use for quite a while. An engineering works will be required to perform some of the work which the do-it-yourselfer cannot accomplish without special equipment. These places often have a busy schedule, so it would be a good idea to consult them before removing the engine in order to accurately estimate the amount of time required to rebuild or repair components that may need work.
Always be extremely careful when removing and refitting the engine/gearbox unit. Serious injury can result from careless actions. Plan ahead, take your time and a job of this nature, although major, can be accomplished successfully.
4 Engine/gearbox -
removal and refitting
3
Note: The engine can be removed from the vehicle only as a complete unit with the gearbox.
Removal
1 Park the vehicle on firm, level ground then remove the bonnet. 2 If the engine is to be dismantled, drain the oil and remove the oil filter, then clean and refit the drain plug, tightening it to its specified torque setting. 3 Firmly apply the handbrake then jack up the front of the vehicle and support it securely on axle stands. Remove both front roadwheels. 4 From underneath the front of the vehicle, slacken and remove the three bolts securing the bumper flange to the body. Remove the seven bolts securing the front undercover panel to the body and remove the panel. 5 Drain the gearbox oil, then clean and refit the drain plug, tightening it to its specified torque setting.
6 Drain the cooling system. 7 Remove the battery, followed by the battery
tray and support bracket. 8 Remove the complete air cleaner assembly, including the intake duct and mounting bracket, intake hose and resonator. 9 Disconnect the ignition coil HT lead from the distributor cap. 10 Undo the nut and disconnect the battery positive lead from the main starter motor solenoid terminal, then carefully disconnect the spade connector from the solenoid. 11 Undo the two bolts securing the engine compartment fusebox to the body, then disconnect the two engine wiring harness block connectors from the underside of the fusebox. Undo the bolt securing the wiring harness earth lead to the bonnet platform, then disconnect the LT wiring connector from the ignition coil. On fuel-injected engines, also disconnect the wiring connector and vacuum pipe from the engine management ECU. Free the engine wiring harness from any relevant clips or ties so that it is free to be removed with the engine/gearbox unit (see illustrations).
2B•2 Engine removal and general overhaul procedures
4.11a Disconnecting engine harness wiring connectors from underside of
fusebox . . .
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
12 Trace the clutch cable back from the clutch release lever to the bulkhead and remove the C-clip which retains the outer cable spring in position. Unhook the inner cable from the release lever and free the outer cable from its mounting bracket and position it clear of the gearbox. 13 From underneath the vehicle, pull out the rubber retaining pin which secures the lower end of the speedometer cable to the gearbox housing. Withdraw the cable from the speedometer drive and remove the O-rings from the cable lower end. Renew the O-rings, regardless of their condition. 14 In the absence of the special gearchange linkage balljoint separator (Rover service tool number 18G 1592), use a suitable flat-bladed screwdriver to carefully lever the link rod balljoints off the gearbox upper and lower selector levers, taking care not to damage the balljoint gaiters. 15 Unscrew the reverse interlock cable nut from the top of the gearbox housing. In the absence of the special spanner (Rover service tool number 18G 1591), use a close-fitting spanner to unscrew the plastic nut, noting that it is easily damaged. Plug the gearbox orifice to prevent the entry of dirt. 16 Disconnect the coolant hose from the bottom of the expansion tank, the expansion tank hose from the inlet manifold union, both heater hoses from the heater matrix unions and the radiator top hose from the coolant outlet elbow. Either remove the radiator bottom hose or secure it so that it will not hinder engine/gearbox removal. 17 Slacken and remove the union bolt which secures the vacuum servo unit vacuum hose to the inlet manifold. Discard the sealing washers as they must be renewed whenever they are disturbed. 18 On carburettor engines, disconnect the feed hose from the fuel pump, then disconnect the accelerator and choke cables from the carburettor. 19 On fuel-injected engines, depressurise the fuel system and disconnect the fuel feed and return hoses from the throttle body/fuel rail. Disconnect the accelerator cable from the throttle housing.
20 Remove the expansion tank mounting bolts and position the tank clear of the engine unit.
21 Remove the alternator. 22 On models equipped with power-assisted
steering, remove the power steering pump. 23 On models equipped with air conditioning, slacken and remove the two compressor heatshield retaining bolts then remove the heatshield and disconnect the compressor wiring connector. Undo the four bolts securing the compressor to the mounting bracket and the single bolt securing the air conditioning pipe to the mounting bracket. Position the compressor clear of the engine unit. Secure it to the body to avoid placing any strain on the air conditioning pipes and hoses. 24 Disconnect the exhaust system front pipe from the manifold and, where necessary, disconnect the lambda sensor wiring connector. 25 Slacken and remove the bolt and washer securing the anti-roll bar connecting link to the left-hand lower suspension arm, then the two bolts securing the tie bar to the lower suspension arm. 26 Extract the split pins and undo the nuts securing the steering gear track rod end balljoint and the left-hand lower suspension arm balljoint to the swivel hub. Remove the nuts and release the balljoint tapered shanks using a universal balljoint separator.
27 Insert a suitable flat bar in between the left-hand inner constant velocity joint and gearbox housing, then carefully lever the joint out of position, whilst taking great care not to damage the gearbox housing. 28 Withdraw the left-hand inner constant velocity joint from the gearbox and support the driveshaft to avoid damaging the constant velocity joints or gaiters. Repeat the operations described in paragraphs 25 to 28 for the right-hand driveshaft. 29 On K8 engines, the cylinder head has a tapped hole provided at the right-hand rear end (above the dipstick tube) and at the left­hand front end (behind the spark plug lead clips). On K16 engine cylinder heads, the right-hand end hole is in the same place but at the left-hand end, the air intake duct support bracket mounting points must be used. Attach lifting brackets to the engine at these points (see illustrations). Take the weight of the engine/gearbox unit on the engine hoist. 30 From underneath the vehicle, unscrew the two bolts securing the rear engine/gearbox mounting bracket to the gearbox, then slacken the connecting link-to-body through­bolt and pivot the mounting away from the gearbox. 31 Slacken and remove the two bolts securing the left-hand gearbox bracket to the mounting. Lower the gearbox slightly then undo the four bolts securing the mounting to the body and manoeuvre the mounting out of position. 32 Raise the gearbox again then slacken and remove the right-hand engine/gearbox mounting through-bolt and nut. Unscrew the two nuts securing the mounting to the engine bracket and remove it, noting the rubber washers which are fitted on each side of the bracket. 33 Make a final check that all components have been removed or disconnected that will prevent removal of the engine/gearbox unit from the vehicle and ensure that components such as the gearchange linkage link rods are secured so that they cannot be damaged on removal. 34 Lift the engine/gearbox unit out of the vehicle, ensuring that nothing is trapped or damaged. Once the unit is high enough, lift it
Engine removal and general overhaul procedures 2B•3
4.11c Disconnecting vacuum pipe from
engine management ECU - fuel-injected
engines
4.29b . . . and left-hand engine lifting bracket - K16 engine
4.29a Right-hand engine lifting bracket . . .
4.11b . . . and ignition coil LT wiring connector
2B
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
out over the front of the body and lower the unit to the ground (see illustration). 35 To separate the engine and gearbox, first remove the starter motor. 36 Unbolt the flywheel front, lower and rear cover plates, then unscrew the four bolts securing the gearbox to the engine and gently prise the gearbox off the two locating dowels (at the front and rear of the main bearing ladder). Move the gearbox squarely away from the engine, ensuring that the clutch components are not damaged. 37 If the engine is to be overhauled, remove the clutch.
Refitting
38 Refitting is the reverse of removal, following where necessary the instructions given in the other Chapters of this Manual. Note the following additional points:
a) Overhaul and lubricate the clutch
components before refitting.
b) When the gearbox, starter motor and
flywheel cover plates have been refitted, lift the engine/gearbox unit and lower it into the engine compartment so that it is slightly tilted (gearbox down). Engage both driveshafts then return the unit to the horizontal and refit the engine/gearbox mountings.
c) Remove the lifting brackets and refit any
components removed to enable them to be fitted.
d) Tighten all nuts and bolts to the specified
torque wrench settings.
e) Adjust the choke and/or accelerator
cable(s). f) Refill the engine and gearbox with oil. g) Refill the cooling system.
5 Engine overhaul -
dismantling sequence
Note: When removing external components from the engine, pay close attention to details that may be helpful or important during refitting. Note the fitted position of gaskets, seals, spacers, pins, washers, bolts and other small items.
1 It is much easier to work on the engine if it is mounted on a portable engine stand. These stands can often be hired from a tool hire shop. Before the engine is mounted on a stand, the flywheel should be removed so that the stand bolts can be tightened into the end of the cylinder block/crankcase (not the main bearing ladder). 2 If a stand is not available, it is possible to dismantle the engine with it blocked up on a sturdy workbench or on the floor. Be extra careful not to tip or drop the engine when working without a stand. 3 If you are going to obtain a reconditioned engine, all external components must be removed for transference to the replacement engine (just as if you are doing a complete
engine overhaul yourself). These components include the following:
a) Alternator mounting brackets. b) Power steering pump and air conditioning
compressor brackets (where fitted). c) Distributor, HT leads and spark plugs. d) Thermostat and housing, coolant rail,
coolant outlet elbow. e) Dipstick tube. f) Carburettor/fuel injection system
components. g) All electrical switches and sensors. h) Inlet and exhaust manifolds. i) Oil filter. j) Fuel pump. k) Engine mountings. l) Flywheel.
4 If you are obtaining a short motor (which consists of the engine cylinder block/crankcase and main bearing ladder, crankshaft, pistons and connecting rods all assembled), then the cylinder head, sump, oil pump, and timing belt will have to be removed also. 5 If you are planning a complete overhaul, the engine can be dismantled and the internal components removed in the following order:
a) Inlet and exhaust manifolds. b) Timing belt, sprockets, tensioner and
timing belt inner cover. c) Cylinder head. d) Flywheel. e) Sump. f) Oil pump. g) Piston/connecting rod assemblies. h) Crankshaft.
6 Before beginning the dismantling and overhaul procedures, make sure that you have all of the correct tools necessary. Refer to the introductory pages at the beginning of this Manual for further information.
6 Cylinder head - dismantling
3
Note: New and reconditioned cylinder heads are available from the manufacturer and from engine overhaul specialists. Due to the fact that some specialist tools are required for dismantling and inspection, and new components may not be readily available, it may be more practical and economical for the home mechanic to purchase a reconditioned head rather than dismantle, inspect and recondition the original.
1 Remove the camshaft(s) and hydraulic tappets.
2 Remove the cylinder head. 3 Using a valve spring compressor, compress
each valve spring in turn until the split collets can be removed. Release the compressor and lift off the spring retainer and spring, then use a pair of pliers to extract the spring bottom seat/stem seal (see illustrations).
4 Withdraw the valve through the combustion chamber. 5 It is essential that each valve is stored together with its collets, retainer and spring, and that all valves are kept in their correct sequence, unless they are so badly worn that they are to be renewed. If they are going to be kept and used again, place each valve assembly in a labelled polythene bag or
2B•4 Engine removal and general overhaul procedures
6.3b Extracting a valve spring bottom seat/stem seal
6.3a Using a valve spring compressor to release split collets
4.34 Lifting out engine/gearbox unit
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
If, when the valve spring compressor is screwed down, the spring retainer
refuses to free and expose the split collets, gently tap the top of the tool directly over the retainer with a light hammer. This will free the retainer.
similar small container (see illustration). Note that No 1 valve is nearest to the timing belt end of the engine.
7 Cylinder head and valves -
cleaning and inspection
4
Note: If the engine has been severely overheated, it is best to assume that the cylinder head is warped and to check carefully for signs of this. Note: Be sure to perform all the following inspection procedures before concluding that the services of a machine shop or engine overhaul specialist are required. Make a list of all items that require attention.
1 Thorough cleaning of the cylinder head and valve components, followed by a detailed inspection, will enable you to decide how much valve service work must be carried out during the engine overhaul.
Cleaning
2 Scrape away all traces of old gasket material and sealing compound from the cylinder head. 3 Scrape away all carbon from the combustion chambers and ports, then wash the cylinder head thoroughly with paraffin or a suitable solvent. 4 Scrape off any heavy carbon deposits that may have formed on the valves, then use a power-operated wire brush to remove deposits from the valve heads and stems.
Inspection
Cylinder head
5 Inspect the head very carefully for cracks,
evidence of coolant leakage and other damage. If cracks are found, a new cylinder head should be obtained. 6 Use a straight-edge and feeler gauge blade to check that the cylinder head surface is not distorted (see illustrations). If it is, it may be possible to resurface it, provided that the specified reface limit is not exceeded in so doing, or that the cylinder head is not reduced to less than the specified height. 7 Examine the valve seats in each of the combustion chambers. If they are severely
pitted, cracked or burned, then they will need to be renewed or re-cut by an engine overhaul specialist. If they are only slightly pitted, this can be removed by grinding-in the valve heads and seats with fine valve-grinding compound as described below. To check for excessive wear, refit each valve and measure the installed height of the stem tip above the cylinder head upper surface (see illustration). If the measurement is above the specified limit, repeat the test using a new valve. If the measurement is still excessive, renew the seat insert. 8 If the valve guides are worn, indicated by a side to side motion of the valve, new guides must be fitted. Measure the diameter of the existing valve stems (see below) and the bore of the guides, then calculate the clearance and compare the result with the specified value. If the clearance is excessive, renew the valves or guides as necessary. 9 Valve guide renewal is best carried out by an engine overhaul specialist. If the work is to be carried out at home, then use a stepped, double-diameter drift to drive out the worn guide towards the combustion chamber. On fitting the new guide, place it first in a deep­freeze for one hour, then drive it into the cylinder head bore from the camshaft side until it projects the specified amount above the spring bottom seat/stem seal surface.
10 If the valve seats are to be re-cut, this must be done only after the guides have been renewed.
Valves
11 Examine the head of each valve for
pitting, burning, cracks and general wear, then check the valve stem for scoring and wear ridges. Rotate the valve and check for any obvious indication that it is bent. Look for pits and excessive wear on the tip of each valve stem. Renew any valve that shows any such signs of wear or damage. 12 If the valve appears satisfactory at this stage, measure the valve stem diameter at several points by using a micrometer (see illustration). Any significant difference in the readings obtained indicates wear of the valve stem. Should any of these conditions be apparent, the valve(s) must be renewed. 13 If the valves are in satisfactory condition they should be ground (lapped) into their respective seats to ensure a smooth gas-tight seal. If the seat is only lightly pitted, or if it has been re-cut, fine grinding compound only should be used to produce the required finish. Coarse valve-grinding compound should not be used unless a seat is badly burned or deeply pitted. If this is the case, the cylinder head and valves should be inspected by an expert to decide whether seat re-cutting or
Engine removal and general overhaul procedures 2B•5
7.6a Checking a cylinder head gasket surface for warpage
6.5 Use a labelled plastic bag to keep
together and identify valve components
7.12 Measuring valve stem diameter7.7 Check valve seat wear by measuring
valve stem installed height (A)
7.6b Check cylinder head gasket surface for warpage along paths shown
A K16 engine B K8 engine
2B
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
even the renewal of the valve or seat insert is required. 14 Valve grinding is carried out as follows. Place the cylinder head upside down on a bench. 15 Smear a trace of (the appropriate grade of) valve-grinding compound on the seat face and press a suction grinding tool onto the valve head. With a semi-rotary action, grind the valve head to its seat, lifting the valve occasionally to redistribute the grinding compound (see illustration). A light spring placed under the valve head will greatly ease this operation. 16 If coarse grinding compound is being used, work only until a dull, matt even surface is produced on both the valve seat and the valve, then wipe off the used compound and repeat the process with fine compound. When a smooth unbroken ring of light grey matt finish is produced on both the valve and seat, the grinding operation is complete. Do not grind in the valves any further than absolutely necessary, or the seat will be prematurely sunk into the cylinder head. 17 To check that the seat has not been over­ground, measure the valve stem installed height, as described in paragraph 7. 18 When all the valves have been ground-in, carefully wash off all traces of grinding compound using paraffin or a suitable solvent.
Valve components
19 Examine the valve springs for signs of
damage and discoloration and also measure their free length using vernier calipers or by comparing each existing spring with a new component (see illustration). 20 Stand each spring on a flat surface and check it for squareness. If any of the springs are damaged, distorted or have lost their tension, then obtain a complete new set of springs. 21 Check the hydraulic tappets as described in Part A of this Chapter.
8 Cylinder head - reassembly
4
1 Lubricate the valve stems with clean engine oil and insert each valve into its original location. If new valves are being fitted, insert them into the locations to which they have been ground. 2 Working on the first valve, dip the spring bottom seat/stem seal in clean engine oil then carefully locate it over the valve and onto the guide. Take care not to damage the seal as it is passed over the valve stem. Use a suitable socket or metal tube to press the seal firmly onto the guide (see illustration). 3 Locate the spring on the seat, followed by the spring retainer. 4 Compress the valve spring and locate the split collets in the recess in the valve stem.
Use a little grease to hold the collets in place. Release the compressor, then repeat the procedure on the remaining valves. 5 With all the valves installed, place the cylinder head flat on the bench and, using a hammer and interposed block of wood, tap the end of each valve stem to settle the components. 6 Refit the hydraulic tappets and camshaft(s) as described in Part A of this Chapter.
9 Piston/connecting rod
assembly - removal
4
Note: Due to the design of the engine, it will become very difficult, almost impossible, to turn the crankshaft once the cylinder head bolts have been slackened. The manufacturer accordingly states that the crankshaft will be ‘tight’ and should not be rotated more than absolutely necessary once the head has been removed. If the crankshaft cannot be rotated, then it must be removed for overhaul work to proceed. With this in mind, during any servicing or overhaul work the crankshaft must always be rotated to the desired position before the bolts are disturbed.
Removal - without removing crankshaft
1 Remove the timing belt, the camshaft sprocket(s) and tensioner, and the timing belt inner cover. 2 Remove the camshaft(s) and hydraulic tappets, being careful to store the hydraulic tappets correctly. 3 If the flywheel has been removed, temporarily refit the crankshaft pulley and apply a spanner to the bolt to rotate the crankshaft. 4 Rotate the crankshaft until Nos 1 and 4 cylinder pistons are at the top of their stroke. 5 Remove the cylinder head. The crankshaft cannot now be rotated. 6 Slacken and remove the two dipstick tube retaining bolts and remove the tube from the cylinder block/crankcase (see illustrations).
9.6a Dipstick tube mounting bolts (arrowed)
2B•6 Engine removal and general overhaul procedures
8.2 Using a socket to install valve stem seal
7.19 Measuring valve spring free length7.15 Grinding-in a valve seat
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
7 Remove the sump and unbolt the oil pump pick-up/strainer pipe from the oil rail. Discard the sealing ring (see illustration). 8 Unscrew the two retaining nuts and remove the oil rail (see illustration). 9 Using a hammer and centre punch, paint or similar, mark each connecting rod big-end bearing cap with its respective cylinder number on the flat, machined surface provided. If the engine has been dismantled before, note carefully any identifying marks made previously (see illustration). Note that No 1 cylinder is at the timing belt end of the engine. 10 Unscrew and remove the big-end bearing cap bolts and withdraw the cap, complete with bearing shell, from the connecting rod. If only the bearing shells are being attended to,
Engine removal and general overhaul procedures 2B•7
9.7 Removing oil pump pick-up/strainer
pipe from oil rail - renew O-ring (arrowed)
9.6b Engine bottom end components
1 Oil pump 2 Gasket 3 Bolt 4 Bolt 5 Oil seal 6 Engine oil level dipstick 7 Dipstick tube 8 Bolt
9 Bolt 10 Gasket 11 Coolant pump 12 O-ring 13 Pillar bolt 14 Bolt 15 Dowel pin 16 O-ring 17 Thermostat housing 18 Gasket 19 Thermostat 20 Thermostat housing 21 Bolt 22 Coolant hose 23 Hose clip 24 Coolant rail 25 Screw 26 Cooling system bleed
screw
27 Sealing washer 28 Liner 29 O-rings 30 Cylinder block/crankcase 31 Dowel 32 Top compression ring 33 Second compression
ring 34 Oil control ring 35 Piston 36 Gudgeon pin * 37 Connecting rod 38 Big-end bearing shell 39 Big-end bearing cap 40 Big-end bearing cap bolt 41 Crankshaft 42 Crankshaft thrustwasher 43 Crankshaft main bearing
shell 44 Dowel 45 Oil seal 46 Flywheel (with reluctor
ring) 47 Flywheel bolt 48 Main bearing ladder * 49 Bolt 50 Dowel
51 Stud 52 Oil rail 53 Bolt 54 Nut 55 O-ring 56 Oil pump pick-up/
strainer pipe 57 Bolt 58 Sump 59 Gasket 60 Bolt 61 Engine oil drain plug 62 Sealing washer 63 Oil filter 64 Oil filter adaptor 65 Bolt 66 Gasket 67 Oil pressure switch 68 Blanking plate -
carburettor engines 69 Screw
* Note: Main bearing ladder is supplied only with cylinder block/crankcase assembly. Gudgeon pin is supplied only with piston assembly
9.8 Removing oil rail to reach big-end bearings
9.9 Mark big-end bearing caps before removal - No 4 cylinder cap shown
2B
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
push the connecting rod up and off the crankpin, ensuring that the connecting rod big-ends do not mark the cylinder bore walls, then remove the upper bearing shell. Keep the cap, bolts and (if they are to be refitted) the bearing shells together in their correct sequence. 11 With Nos 2 and 3 cylinder big-ends disconnected, repeat the procedure (exercising great care to prevent damage to any of the components) to remove Nos 1 and 4 cylinder bearing caps. 12 Remove the ridge of carbon from the top of each cylinder bore. Push each piston/connecting rod assembly up and remove it from the top of the bore, and ensure that the connecting rod big-ends do not mark the cylinder bore walls. 13 Note that the number stamped by you on each bearing cap should match the cylinder number stamped on the front (alternator bracket side) of each connecting rod. If any connecting rod number does not match its correct cylinder, mark or label it immediately so that each piston/connecting rod assembly can be refitted to its original bore.
Removal - alternative methods
14 If the engine is being completely dismantled and the cylinder head has been removed, either unbolt the main bearing ladder so that the crankshaft can be rotated with care, or remove the crankshaft completely and then remove the connecting rods and pistons.
Cylinder head bolts - condition check
15 Check the condition of the cylinder head
bolts and particularly their threads whenever they are removed. If the cylinder head only is removed, check the bolts as described in Part A of this Chapter. If the cylinder head and the oil rail are removed, check as follows. 16 Keeping all the bolts in their correct fitted order, wash them and wipe dry, then check each for any sign of visible wear or damage. Renew any bolt if necessary. Lightly oil the threads of each bolt, carefully enter it into the original hole and screw it in, by hand only until finger-tight. If the full length of thread is engaged, the bolt may be re-used. If the full length of thread is not engaged, measure the distance from the oil rail gasket surface to under the bolt head (see illustration). 17 If the distance measured is less than 378 mm, then the bolt may be re-used. If the distance measured is more than 378 mm, the bolt must be renewed. Considering the task these bolts perform and the pressures they must withstand, owners should consider renewing all the bolts as a matched set if more than one of the originals fail inspection or are close to the limit set. 18 Note that if any of the cylinder head bolt threads in the oil rail are found to be damaged, then the oil rail must be renewed. Thread inserts are not an acceptable repair in this instance.
10 Crankshaft - removal
4
Note: The following procedure assumes that the crankshaft alone is being removed and therefore uses a slightly different sequence of operations to that given in Section 9. Depending on the reason for dismantling, either sequence may be adapted as necessary. If the crankshaft endfloat is to be checked, this must be done when the crankshaft is free to move. If a dial gauge is to be used, check after paragraph 1, but if feeler gauges are to be used, check after para­graph 9.
1 Remove the timing belt, sprocket(s) and tensioner, and the timing belt inner cover. 2 Slacken and remove the two dipstick tube retaining bolts and remove it from the cylinder block/crankcase. 3 Remove the cylinder head. The crankshaft cannot now be rotated.
4 Remove the oil pump. 5 Remove the crankshaft left-hand oil seal. 6 Remove the sump and unbolt the oil pump
pick-up/strainer pipe from the oil rail. Discard the sealing ring. 7 Unscrew the two retaining nuts and remove the oil rail.
8 Working in the sequence shown (see illustration), progressively unscrew the main
bearing ladder retaining bolts by a turn at a time, then withdraw the ladder. Note the two locating dowels and the main bearing shells, which should be removed from the ladder and stored in their correct fitted order (see
illustration). 9 Mark the big-end bearing caps, then
unscrew and remove the big-end bearing cap bolts and withdraw the cap, complete with the lower bearing shell, from each of the four connecting rods (see illustration). Push the connecting rods up and off their crankpins, then remove the upper bearing shell. Keep the cap, bolts and (if they are to be refitted) the bearing shells together in their correct sequence.
2B•8 Engine removal and general overhaul procedures
10.9 Removing No 1 cylinder big-end bearing cap and lower bearing shell
10.8b Removing main bearing ladder (two locating dowels arrowed)
10.8a Crankshaft main bearing ladder bolt slackening sequence
A Bolts hidden in ladder flanges B Location of single longer bolt
9.16 Checking length of cylinder head bolts
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
Fit the bearing cap, shells and bolts to each removed piston/connecting rod
assembly, so that they are all kept together as a matched set.
10 Remove the crankshaft (see illustration). 11 Withdraw the two thrustwashers from the
No 3 main bearing upper location. Noting the position of the grooved shells, remove the upper main bearing shells, which must be kept with their correct respective partners from the main bearing ladder so that all shells can be identified and (if necessary) refitted in their original locations. 12 Check the condition of the cylinder head bolts, as described in Section 9.
11 Cylinder block/crankcase -
cleaning and inspection
4
Warning: Wear eye protection when using compressed air!
Note: During any cleaning operations, take care not to score the mating surfaces of the cylinder block/crankcase, bearing ladder and oil rail. It may be necessary to use a foam action gasket remover.
Cleaning
1 For complete cleaning, remove the cylinder liners, all external components and all electrical switches/sensors. 2 Scrape all traces of gasket from the cylinder block/crankcase, bearing ladder and oil rail, taking care not to damage the gasket/sealing surfaces. 3 Remove all oil gallery plugs (where fitted). The plugs are usually very tight and may have to be drilled out and the holes re-tapped. Use new plugs when the engine is reassembled. 4 If any of the castings are extremely dirty, all should be steam cleaned. 5 After the castings are returned, clean all oil holes and oil galleries one more time. Flush all internal passages with warm water until the water runs clear, then dry thoroughly and apply a light film of oil to all liner surfaces to prevent rusting. If you have access to compressed air, use it to speed up the drying process and to blow out all the oil holes and galleries. 6 If the castings are not very dirty, you can do an adequate cleaning job with hot soapy water and a stiff brush. Take plenty of time
and do a thorough job. Regardless of the cleaning method used, be sure to clean all oil holes and galleries very thoroughly and to dry all components well. Protect the liners as described above to prevent rusting. 7 All threaded holes must be clean to ensure accurate torque readings during reassembly. To clean all threads except those of the flywheel retaining bolts, run the proper size tap into each of the holes to remove rust, corrosion, thread sealant or sludge and to restore damaged threads. If possible, use compressed air to clear the holes of debris produced by this operation. A good alternative is to inject aerosol-applied water­dispersant lubricant into each hole, using the long spout usually supplied. Always wear eye protection when cleaning out holes in this way. The flywheel retaining bolt threads must be cleaned by using the procedure described in Section 18, in Part A of this Chapter. Now is a good time to check the condition of the cylinder head bolts. 8 Apply suitable sealant to the new oil gallery plugs and insert them into the holes in the block. Tighten them securely. 9 If the engine is not going to be reassembled right away, cover it with a large plastic bag to keep it clean. Protect the liners as described above to prevent rusting.
Inspection
10 Inspect all castings for cracks and corrosion. Look for stripped threads. If there has been any history of internal coolant leakage, it may be worthwhile having an engine overhaul specialist check the cylinder block/crankcase with special equipment. If defects are found, have them repaired, if possible, or renew the assembly. 11 Check the bore of each cylinder liner for scuffing and scoring. 12 Measure the diameter of each cylinder liner bore 60 mm from the top of the bore, both parallel to the crankshaft axis and at right angles to it. 13 Compare the diameter with that specified. If any measurement exceeds the service limit then the liner must be renewed. 14 Measure the piston diameter at right angles to the gudgeon pin axis, 16 mm up from the bottom of the skirt. Compare the results with those specified. 15 To measure the piston-to-bore clearance, either measure the bore and piston skirt as described above and subtract the skirt diameter from the bore measurement, or insert each piston into the original bore, select a feeler gauge and slip it into the bore along with the piston. The piston must be aligned exactly in its normal attitude and the feeler gauge must be between the piston and bore on one of the thrust faces, 20 mm up from the bottom of the bore. 16 If the clearance is excessive, then a new piston will be required. If the piston binds at the lower end of the bore and is loose towards the top, then the bore is tapered. If
tight spots are encountered as the piston/feeler gauge is rotated in the bore, then the bore is out-of-round. 17 Repeat this procedure for the remaining pistons and cylinder liners. 18 If the cylinder liner walls are badly scuffed or scored, or if they are excessively worn, out­of-round or tapered, obtain new cylinder liners. New pistons will also be required. 19 If the bores are in reasonably good condition and not worn to the specified limits, and if the piston-to-bore clearances can be maintained properly, then it may only be necessary to renew the piston rings. 20 If this is the case, the bores should be honed to allow the new rings to bed in correctly and provide the best possible seal. The conventional type of hone has spring­loaded stones and is used with a power drill. You will also need some paraffin, or honing oil, and rags. The hone should be moved up and down the bore to produce a crosshatch pattern and plenty of honing oil should be used. Ideally the crosshatch lines should intersect at approximately a 60° angle. Do not take off more material than is necessary to produce the required finish. If new pistons are being fitted, the piston manufacturers may specify a finish with a different angle, so their instructions should be followed. Do not withdraw the hone from the bore while it is still being turned, but stop it first. After honing a bore, wipe out all traces of the honing oil. If equipment of this type is not available, or if you are not sure whether you are competent to undertake the task yourself, an engine overhaul specialist will carry out the work at moderate cost.
12 Cylinder liners -
removal and refitting
Removal
1 Invert the cylinder block/crankcase and support it on blocks of wood, then use a hard wood drift to tap out each liner from the crankshaft side. When all the liners are released, tip the cylinder block/crankcase on its side and remove each liner from the cylinder head side. Discard the two sealing rings from the base of each. If the liners are to be re-used, mark each one by sticking masking tape on its right-hand (timing belt) face and writing the cylinder number on the tape.
Refitting
2 To install the liners, thoroughly clean the liner mating surfaces in the cylinder block/crankcase and use fine abrasive paper to polish away any burrs or sharp edges which might damage the liner sealing rings. Clean the liners and wipe dry, then fit new sealing rings to the two grooves at the base of each liner and apply a thin film of oil to the
Engine removal and general overhaul procedures 2B•9
10.10 Removing the crankshaft
2B
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
rings and to the liner surface on each side of the rings (see illustration). 3 If the original liners are being refitted, use the marks made on removal to ensure that each is refitted the same way round into its original bore. Insert each liner into the cylinder block/crankcase, taking great care not to displace or damage the sealing rings, and press it home as far as possible by hand. Using a hammer and a block of wood, tap each liner lightly but fully onto its locating shoulder (see illustration). Wipe clean, then lightly oil all exposed liner surfaces to prevent rusting.
13 Piston/connecting rod
assembly - inspection
3
1 Examine all pistons for ovality, scoring and scratches, and for wear of the piston ring grooves. Use a micrometer to measure the pistons (see illustration). 2 If the pistons or connecting rods are to be renewed, it is necessary to have this work carried out by a Rover dealer or suitable engine overhaul specialist who will have the necessary tooling to remove and install the gudgeon pins. 3 If new rings are to be fitted to the original pistons, expand the old rings over the top of the pistons. The use of two or three old feeler gauge blades will be helpful in preventing the
rings dropping into empty grooves (see
illustration). 4 When the original piston rings have been
removed, ensure that the ring grooves in the piston are free of carbon by cleaning them with a ring cleaning tool or an old ring. Break a ring in half to do this. 5 When measuring new rings, lay out each piston set with a piston/connecting rod assembly and keep them together as a matched set from now on. 6 Check the ring-to-groove clearance by inserting each ring from the outside together with a feeler gauge blade between the ring’s top surface and the piston land. Check the ring end gaps by inserting each ring into the cylinder bore and pushing it in with the piston crown to ensure that it is square in the bore, 20 mm from the top. Use feeler gauges to measure the gap (see illustrations). 7 If the end gap of a new ring is found to be too large or too small, double-check to ensure that you have the correct rings. If the end gap is still too small, it must be opened up by careful filing of the ring ends using a fine file. If it is too large, this is not as serious unless the specified service limit is exceeded, in which case very careful checking is required of the dimensions of all components as well as of the new parts. 8 Note that each piston should be considered as being matched to its respective liner and they must not be interchanged.
14 Crankshaft - inspection
3
Warning: Wear eye protection when using compressed air! Be sure to clean oil holes with a pipe cleaner or similar probe.
Checking endfloat
1 If crankshaft endfloat is to be checked, this must be done when the crankshaft is still installed in the cylinder block/crankcase but is free to move. 2 Check endfloat by using a dial gauge in contact with the end of the crankshaft. Push the crankshaft fully one way and then zero the gauge. Push the crankshaft fully the other way and check the endfloat. The result can be compared with the specified amount and will give an indication as to whether new thrustwashers are required. 3 If a dial gauge is not available, feeler gauges can be used. First push the crankshaft fully towards the flywheel end of the engine, then use feeler gauges to measure the gap between the web of No 3 crankpin and the thrustwasher.
Inspection
4 Clean the crankshaft and dry it with compressed air, if available. 5 Check the main and crankpin (big-end)
2B•10 Engine removal and general overhaul procedures
13.5b Measuring piston ring end gap13.5a Measuring piston ring-to-groove
clearance
13.3 Removing piston rings with feeler blades
13.1 Measuring piston diameter12.3 Tap liner onto locating shoulder -
ensuring O-rings are not displaced
12.2 Renew liner O-rings
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
bearing journals for uneven wear, scoring, pitting and cracking. 6 Rub a penny across each journal several times. If a journal picks up copper from the penny, it is too rough (see illustration). 7 Remove any burrs from the crankshaft oil holes with a stone, file or scraper. 8 Using a micrometer, measure the diameter of the main bearing and crankpin (big-end) journals and compare the results with those specified (see illustration). Check carefully that each journal’s diameter is within the tolerances of the size grade corresponding to the code number on the crankshaft right-hand web (main bearing) or indicated by the code letter on the left-hand web (crankpin/big-end bearing). If any diameter measured is incorrect for the grade indicated, re-check the measurement carefully. If the journal is fit for further service, the correct grade code should be substituted when selecting new bearing shells. 9 By measuring the diameter at a number of points around each journal’s circumference,
you will be able to determine whether or not the journal is out-of-round. Take the measurement at each end of the journal (near the webs) to determine if the journal is tapered. 10 If the crankshaft journals are damaged, tapered, out-of-round or worn beyond the limits specified, the crankshaft must be renewed unless an engine overhaul specialist can be found who will regrind it and supply the necessary undersize bearing shells. 11 Check the oil seal journals at each end of the crankshaft for wear and damage. If either seal has worn an excessive groove in its journal, consult an engine overhaul specialist who will be able to advise whether a repair is possible or whether a new crankshaft is necessary.
15 Main and big-end bearings -
inspection
3
1 Even though the main and big-end bearings should be renewed during the engine overhaul, the old bearings should be retained for close examination, as they may reveal valuable information about the condition of the engine. The bearing shells are graded by thickness, the grade of each shell being indicated by the colour code marked on it. 2 Bearing failure occurs because of lack of lubrication, the presence of dirt or other foreign particles, overloading the engine and corrosion. Regardless of the cause of bearing failure, it must be corrected before the engine is reassembled to prevent it from happening again (see illustration). 3 When examining the bearing shells, remove them from the cylinder block/crankcase, the main bearing ladder, the connecting rods and the connecting rod big-end bearing caps, then lay them out on a clean surface in the same general position as their location in the engine. This will enable you to match any bearing problems with the corresponding crankshaft journal. Do not touch any shell’s
bearing surface with your fingers while checking it, or the delicate surface may be scratched. 4 Dirt and other foreign particles get into the engine in a variety of ways. It may be left in the engine during assembly, or it may pass through filters or the crankcase ventilation system. It may get into the oil and from there into the bearings. Metal chips from machining operations and normal engine wear are often present. Abrasives are sometimes left in engine components after reconditioning, especially when parts are not thoroughly cleaned by using the proper cleaning methods. Whatever the source, these foreign objects often end up embedded in the soft bearing material and are easily recognized. Large particles will not embed in the bearing but will score or gouge the bearing and journal. The best prevention for this cause of bearing failure is to clean all parts thoroughly and keep everything spotlessly clean during engine assembly. Frequent and regular engine oil and filter changes are also recommended. 5 Lack of lubrication (or lubrication breakdown) has a number of interrelated causes. Excessive heat (which thins the oil), overloading (which squeezes the oil from the bearing face) and oil leakage (from excessive bearing clearances, worn oil pump or high engine speeds) all contribute to lubrication breakdown. Blocked oil passages, which usually are the result of misaligned oil holes in a bearing shell, will also oil starve a bearing and destroy it. When lack of lubrication is the cause of bearing failure, the bearing material is wiped or extruded from the steel backing of the bearing. Temperatures may increase to the point where the steel backing turns blue from overheating. 6 Driving habits can have a definite effect on bearing life. Full throttle, low speed operation (labouring the engine) puts very high loads on bearings, which tends to squeeze out the oil film. These loads cause the bearings to flex, which produces fine cracks in the bearing face (fatigue failure). Eventually, the bearing material will loosen in pieces and tear away from the steel backing. Short-distance driving leads to corrosion of bearings because insufficient engine heat is produced to drive off the condensed water and corrosive gases. These products collect in the engine oil, forming acid and sludge. As the oil is carried to the engine bearings, the acid attacks and corrodes the bearing material. 7 Incorrect bearing installation during engine assembly will lead to bearing failure as well. Tight fitting bearings leave insufficient bearing running clearance and will result in oil starvation. Dirt or foreign particles trapped behind a bearing shell result in high spots on the bearing which lead to failure. Do not touch any shell’s bearing surface with your fingers during reassembly as there is a risk of scratching the delicate surface or of depositing particles of dirt on it.
Engine removal and general overhaul procedures 2B•11
15.2 Typical bearing shell failures
14.8 Measuring crankshaft journal diameter
14.6 Using a penny to check crankshaft journal condition
2B
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
16 Engine overhaul -
reassembly sequence
1 Before reassembly begins, ensure that all new parts have been obtained and that all necessary tools are available. Read through the entire procedure to familiarise yourself with the work involved and to ensure that all items necessary for reassembly of the engine are at hand. In addition to all normal tools and materials, it will be necessary to obtain the Rover sealant kit LVV 10002. Carefully read the instructions supplied with the sealant kit and take care not to allow the sealant to contact the fingers, as it will bond skin. 2 In order to save time and avoid problems, engine reassembly can be carried out in the following order:
a) Crankshaft. b) Piston/connecting rod assemblies. c) Oil pump. d) Sump. e) Flywheel. f) Cylinder head. g) Timing belt inner cover, tensioner and
sprockets, and timing belt.
h) Engine external components.
3 At this stage, all engine components should be absolutely clean and dry, with all faults
repaired, and should be laid out (or in individual containers) on a completely clean work surface.
17 Piston rings - refitting
3
1 Refer to Section 13 for inspection details. 2 Once all rings have been checked, they can
be installed. Ensure that each ring is refitted only to its matched piston and bore. 3 Install the new rings by fitting them over the top of the piston, starting with the oil control ring spring. Note that all rings must be fitted with the word TOP uppermost (see
illustration). 4 With all the rings in position, space the ring
gaps as shown (see illustration), noting that the FRONT marking shown is usually in fact an arrow mark on the piston crown and indicates the timing belt end of the engine.
18 Crankshaft - refitting and
main bearing running clearance check
4
Selection of bearing shells
1 The main bearing running clearance is controlled in production by selecting one of three grades of bearing shell. The grades are indicated by a colour-coding marked on the edge of each shell which governs the shell’s thickness, as follows:
a) Green - Thin. b) Blue - Intermediate. c) Red - Thick.
2 If shells of differing grades are to be fitted to the same journal, the thicker shell must always be fitted to the main bearing ladder location. Bear this carefully in mind when ordering replacement shells for Nos 2, 3 and 4 bearings. 3 If the bearing shells are to be renewed, first check and record the main bearing code letters stamped on the right-hand front face of the main bearing ladder (see illustration). The letters are read with the ladder inverted, No 1 bearing’s code letter then being at the top and the remainder following in order from the engine’s timing belt end. 4 Secondly, check and record the crankshaft journal code numbers stamped on the crankshaft’s right-hand web, No 1 journal’s code number being the first. If the original crankshaft is to be re-used, the size grade can be checked by direct measurement, as described in Section 14. 5 Note that if the crankshaft is found to be excessively worn, then it must be renewed and the code numbers of the new component must be used instead to select a new set of bearing shells. 6 Matching the codes noted to the following table, select a new set of bearing shells.
Ladder code Crankshaft letter code number Shells
A 1 Blue, Blue A 2 Red, Blue A 3 Red, Red B 1 Blue, Green B 2 Blue, Blue B 3 Red, Blue C 1 Green, Green C 2 Blue, Green C 3 Blue, Blue
2B•12 Engine removal and general overhaul procedures
18.3 Crankshaft main bearing size code locations
17.4 Piston ring end gap locations
A Top compression ring B Second compression ring C Oil control ring D Oil control ring spring
17.3 Piston ring fitting details and top surface markings
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
Main bearing running clearance check
7 Clean the backs of the bearing shells and the bearing locations in both the cylinder block/crankcase and the main bearing ladder. 8 Press the bearing shells into their locations, ensuring that the tab on each shell engages in the notch in the cylinder block/crankcase or main bearing ladder location. Take care not to touch any shell bearing surface with your fingers. 9 Press the bearing shells with the oil grooves into the upper locations (in the cylinder block/crankcase). Note the following points (see illustration):
a) On all engines, grooved bearing shells are
fitted to Nos 2, 3 and 4 upper bearing locations. Note the central locating tabs of the grooved shells.
b) On early engines, grooved bearing shells
were fitted only to Nos 2 and 4 upper bearing locations at the factory. On reassembly of one of these units, a grooved shell must be fitted at No 3 upper bearing location as well, instead of the plain item originally used. Note, however, that this will require a grooved shell with an offset locating tab instead of the central tab that is used on all other grooved shells. See your Rover dealer for details.
c) If bearing shells of differing grades are to
be fitted to the same journal, the thicker shell must always be fitted to the main bearing ladder location (see paragraph 1).
d) On all engines, if the original main bearing
shells are being re-used, these must be refitted to their original locations in the cylinder block/crankcase and main bearing ladder.
10 The main bearing running clearance should be checked if there is any doubt about the amount of crankshaft wear that has taken place, if the crankshaft has been reground and is to be refitted with non-Rover undersized bearing shells, or if non-genuine
bearing shells are to be fitted. If the original crankshaft or a Rover replacement part is to be installed, the shell selection procedure given above will produce the correct clearances and a further check will not be necessary. If the clearance is to be checked, it can be done in either of two ways. 11 The first method (which will be difficult to achieve without a range of internal micrometers or internal/external expanding calipers) is to refit the main bearing ladder to the cylinder block/crankcase, with bearing shells in place. With the ladder retaining bolts tightened to the specified torque, refit the oil rail and the cylinder head, then measure the internal diameter of each assembled pair of bearing shells. If the diameter of each corresponding crankshaft journal is measured and then subtracted from the bearing internal diameter, the result will be the main bearing running clearance. 12 The second (and more accurate) method is to use product known as Plastigauge. This consists of a fine thread of perfectly round plastic which is compressed between the bearing shell and the journal. When the shell is removed, the plastic is deformed and can be measured with a special card gauge supplied with the kit. The running clearance is determined from this gauge. Plastigauge is sometimes difficult to obtain but enquiries at one of the larger specialist quality motor factors should produce the name of a stockist in your area. The procedure for using Plastigauge is as follows. 13 With the main bearing upper shells in place, carefully lay the crankshaft in position. Do not use any lubricant. The crankshaft journals and bearing shells must be perfectly clean and dry. 14 Cut several lengths of the appropriate size Plastigauge (they should be slightly shorter than the width of the main bearings) and place one length on each crankshaft journal axis
(see illustration). 15 With the main bearing lower shells in
position, refit the main bearing ladder (see below) and the oil rail, tightening the fasteners
to the specified torque wrench settings. Take care not to disturb the Plastigauge. 16 Refit the cylinder head (using the original gasket, to save over-compressing the new one). Tighten the bolts to the specified torque in the approved sequence. Do not rotate the crankshaft at any time during this operation. 17 Remove the cylinder head, the oil rail and the main bearing ladder. Do not disturb the Plastigauge or rotate the crankshaft. 18 Compare the width of the crushed Plastigauge on each journal to the scale printed on the Plastigauge envelope to obtain the main bearing running clearance (see
illustration). 19 If the clearance is not as specified, the
bearing shells may be the wrong grade (or excessively worn if the original shells are being re-used). Before deciding that different grade shells are needed, make sure that no dirt or oil was trapped between the bearing shells and the ladder or cylinder block/crankcase when the clearance was measured. If the Plastigauge was wider at one end than at the other, the journal may be tapered. 20 Carefully scrape away all traces of the Plastigauge material from the crankshaft and bearing shells using a fingernail or other object which is unlikely to score the shells.
Final crankshaft refitting
21 Carefully lift the crankshaft out of the cylinder block once more. 22 Using a little grease, stick the thrustwashers to each side of the No 3 main bearing upper location. Ensure that the oilway grooves on each thrustwasher face outwards. 23 Place the bearing shells in their locations, as described in paragraphs 7 to 9. If new shells are being fitted, ensure that all traces of the protective grease are cleaned off using paraffin. Wipe dry the shells and connecting rods with a lint-free cloth. Liberally lubricate each bearing shell in the cylinder block/crankcase, then lower the crankshaft into position so that Nos 2 and 3 cylinder crankpins are at TDC. 24 Refit the piston/connecting rod
Engine removal and general overhaul procedures 2B•13
18.18 Using scale on Plastigauge envelope to check (at widest point) width of crushed
Plastigauge
18.14 Lay length of Plastigauge on journal to be measured, parallel to crankshaft
centre-line
18.9 Ensure grooved bearing shells (arrowed) are installed exactly as
described in text - early engine shown
2B
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
assemblies (see illustrations) . Leave No 1 and 4 cylinders at the TDC position 25 Thoroughly degrease the mating surfaces of the cylinder block/crankcase and the main bearing ladder. Apply the special Rover sealant to the mating surface of the cylinder block/crankcase as shown (see illustration). Carefully follow the instructions supplied with the sealant kit. If the Rover sealant is being used, assembly must be completed as soon as possible after the sealant has been applied (maximum of 20 minutes). If another sealant is being used, follow the manufacturer’s instructions.
26 Lubricate the bearing shells, then refit the main bearing ladder, ensuring that the shells are not displaced and that the locating dowels engage correctly. Working progressively, by a turn at a time and in the sequence shown (see illustration), tighten the ladder bolts to the specified torque wrench setting. The crankshaft cannot now be rotated. 27 Thoroughly degrease the mating surfaces of the oil rail and the main bearing ladder. Apply the special Rover sealant to the oil rail mating surface as shown (see illustration). Carefully follow the instructions supplied with the sealant kit.
28 Refit the oil rail, tightening the nuts to the specified torque wrench setting. 29 Using a new sealing ring, refit the oil pump pick-up/strainer pipe to the oil rail, then refit the sump. Tighten all nuts and bolts to the specified torque wrench settings. 30 Fit a new crankshaft left-hand oil seal, then refit the flywheel (see illustrations). 31 Refit the oil pump and install a new crankshaft right-hand oil seal (see
illustrations). 32 Refit the cylinder head. Rotate the
crankshaft to the 90° BTDC position so that the crankshaft sprocket timing marks align.
2B•14 Engine removal and general overhaul procedures
18.31a Use grease to stick new gasket in place when refitting oil pump
18.30c Use fabricated tool to lock flywheel while slackening or tightening flywheel
bolts
18.30b Always use new bolts when refitting flywheel
18.30a Fitting a new crankshaft left-hand oil seal
18.27 Apply thin bead of sealant to oil rail mating surface as shown by heavy black
lines, then spread to an even film
18.26 Crankshaft main bearing ladder bolt tightening sequence
18.25 Apply thin bead of sealant to
cylinder block/crankcase mating surface
along paths shown by heavy black lines,
then spread to an even film
18.24b . . . care is required to hold
crankshaft steady while connecting rod
big-end cap bolts are tightened
18.24a If piston/connecting rod
assemblies are refitted before main
bearing ladder . . .
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
33 Refit the dipstick tube to the cylinder block/crankcase, tightening the bolts to the specified torque wrench setting. 34 Refit the timing belt inner cover, the sprocket(s) and tensioner, and the belt itself. 35 Using a torque wrench, check that the amount of force required to rotate the crankshaft does not exceed 31 Nm. If the effort required is greater than this, the engine must be dismantled again to trace and rectify the cause. This value takes into account the increased friction of a new engine and is much higher than the actual pressure required to rotate a run-in engine, so do not make allowances for tight components.
19 Piston/connecting rod
assembly - refitting and big-end
bearing running clearance check
4
Selection of bearing shells
1 The big-end bearing running clearance is controlled in production by selecting one of three grades of bearing shell. The grades are indicated by a colour-coding marked on the edge of each shell which governs the shell’s thickness, as follows:
a) Yellow - Thin. b) Blue - Intermediate. c) Red - Thick.
2 If shells of differing grades are to be fitted to the same journal, the thicker shell must always be fitted to the big-end bearing cap location. 3 If the bearing shells are to be renewed, first check and record the codes stamped on the front face of each big-end bearing cap and connecting rod. The number stamped on the big-end bearing cap is the bearing size code, the number stamped on the connecting rod is the piston/rod assembly’s cylinder number and the letter stamped on the connecting rod is the weight code (see illustration). 4 Secondly, check and record the crankpin/big-end journal code letters stamped on the crankshaft’s left-hand web (see illustration), No 1 journal’s code letter
being the first. If the original crankshaft is to be re-used, the code letter can be checked by direct measurement. 5 If the crankshaft is found to be excessively worn, then it must be renewed and the code letters of the new component must be used instead to select a new set of bearing shells. 6 Matching the codes noted to the following table, select a new set of bearing shells:
Cap code Crankshaft number code letter Shells
5 A Blue, Blue 5 B Red, Blue 5 C Red, Red 6 A Blue, Yellow 6 B Blue, Blue 6 C Red, Blue 7 A Yellow, Yellow 7 B Blue, Yellow 7 C Blue, Blue
Big-end bearing running clearance check
7 The big-end bearing running clearance should be checked if there is any doubt about the amount of crankshaft wear that has taken place, if the crankshaft has been reground and is to be refitted with non-Rover undersized bearing shells, or if non-genuine bearing shells are to be fitted. If the original crankshaft or a Rover replacement part is to be installed, the shell selection procedure given above will produce the correct clearances and a further check will not be necessary. If the clearance is to be checked, it can be done in either of two ways. 8 The first method is to refit the big-end bearing cap to the connecting rod, with bearing shells in place. With the cap retaining bolts tightened to the specified torque, use an internal micrometer or vernier caliper to measure the internal diameter of each assembled pair of bearing shells. If the diameter of each corresponding crankshaft journal is measured and then subtracted from the bearing internal diameter, the result will be the big-end bearing running clearance. 9 The second method is to use Plastigauge. Place a strand of Plastigauge on each
(cleaned) crankpin journal and refit the (clean) piston/connecting rod assemblies, shells and big-end bearing caps, tightening the bolts to the specified torque wrench settings. Take care not to disturb the Plastigauge. Dismantle the assemblies without rotating the crankshaft and use the scale printed on the Plastigauge envelope to obtain the big-end bearing running clearance. On completion of the measurement, carefully scrape off all traces of Plastigauge from the journal and shells using a fingernail or other object which will not score the components.
Final piston/connecting rod assembly refitting
10 Note that the following procedure assumes that the cylinder liners have been refitted to the cylinder block/crankcase and that the crankshaft and main bearing ladder are in place. It is of course possible to refit the piston/connecting rod assemblies to the cylinder bores, to refit the crankshaft and to reassemble the piston/connecting rods on the crankshaft before refitting the main bearing ladder (see Section 18). 11 Clean the backs of the bearing shells and the bearing recesses in both the connecting rod and the big-end bearing cap. If new shells are being fitted, ensure that all traces of the protective grease are cleaned off using paraffin. Wipe dry the shells and connecting rods with a lint-free cloth. 12 Press the bearing shells into their locations, ensuring that the tab on each shell engages in the notch in the connecting rod or big-end bearing cap and taking care not to touch any shell’s bearing surface with your fingers. Note the following points:
a) If bearing shells of differing grades are to
be fitted to the same journal, the thicker shell must always be fitted to the big-end bearing cap location (see paragraph 1).
b) On all engines, if the original big-end
bearing shells are being re-used, these must be refitted to their original locations in the connecting rod and big-end bearing cap.
Engine removal and general overhaul procedures 2B•15
19.4 Crankpin (big-end) journal size code location
19.3 Big-end bearing size code number (A
- on cap) piston/connecting rod assembly cylinder number (B) and connecting rod
weight code letter (C)
18.31b Fitting a new crankshaft right-hand oil seal
2B
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
13 Lubricate the cylinder bores, the pistons and piston rings, then lay out each piston/connecting rod assembly in its respective position. 14 Starting with assembly No 1, make sure that the piston rings are still correctly spaced, then clamp them in position with a piston ring compressor. 15 Insert the piston/connecting rod assembly into the top of liner No 1, ensuring that the arrow (or FRONT marking) on the piston crown faces the timing belt end of the engine. Note that the stamped marks on the connecting rod and big-end bearing cap should face the front (alternator bracket side) of the engine. Using a block of wood or hammer handle against the piston crown, tap the assembly into the liner until the piston crown is flush with the top of the liner (see
illustrations). 16 Ensure that the bearing shell is still
correctly installed. Taking care not to mark the liner bores, liberally lubricate the crankpin and
both bearing shells, then pull the piston/connecting rod assembly down the bore and onto the crankpin. Noting that the faces with the stamped marks must match (which means that the bearing shell locating tabs abut each other), refit the big-end bearing cap, tightening the bolts finger-tight at first. 17 Use a torque wrench to tighten the bolts evenly to the (first stage) torque wrench setting specified, then use an angular torque gauge to tighten the bolts evenly through the (second stage) angle specified (see
illustrations). 18 Repeat the procedure for the remaining
three piston/connecting rod assemblies, but do not attempt to rotate the crankshaft. 19 Thoroughly degrease the mating surfaces of the oil rail and the main bearing ladder. Apply the special Rover sealant to the oil rail mating surface (see illustration 18.27). Carefully follow the instructions supplied with the sealant kit.
20 Refit the oil rail, tightening the nuts to the specified torque wrench setting. 21 Refit the oil pump pick-up/strainer pipe and sump. 22 Refit the cylinder head. Rotate the crankshaft to the 90° BTDC position so that the crankshaft sprocket timing marks align. 23 Refit the dipstick tube to the cylinder block/crankcase, tightening the bolts to the specified torque wrench setting. 24 Refit the hydraulic tappets and camshaft(s). 25 Refit the timing belt inner cover, sprocket(s) and tensioner, and the belt itself. 26 Using a torque wrench, check that the amount of force required to rotate the crankshaft does not exceed 31 Nm. If the effort required is greater than this, the engine must be dismantled again to trace and rectify the cause. This value takes into account the increased friction of a new engine and is much higher than the actual pressure required to rotate a run-in engine, so do not make allowances for tight components.
2B•16 Engine removal and general overhaul procedures
19.17b . . . then use angular torque gauge to tighten bolts through angle specified (second stage)
19.17a Tighten connecting rod big-end bearing cap bolts to specified torque wrench setting (first stage) . . .
18.15b Using piston ring compressor to clamp piston rings19.15a Arrow or FRONT marking (arrowed) on piston crown must
point to timing belt end of engine
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
20 Engine - initial start-up
after overhaul
2
1 With the engine refitted in the vehicle, double-check the engine oil and coolant levels. Make a final check that everything has been reconnected and that there are no tools or rags left in the engine compartment. 2 With the spark plugs removed and the ignition system disabled by earthing the ignition HT coil distributor spark plug (HT) lead with a jumper lead, turn the engine over on the starter until the oil pressure warning lamp goes out.
3 Refit the spark plugs and connect all the spark plug (HT) leads. 4 Start the engine, noting that this may take a little longer than usual due to the fuel system components being empty. 5 While the engine is idling, check for fuel, coolant and oil leaks. Do not be alarmed if there are some odd smells and smoke from parts getting hot and burning off oil deposits. If the hydraulic tappets have been disturbed, some valve gear noise may be heard at first; this should disappear as the oil circulates fully around the engine and normal pressure is restored in the tappets. 6 Keep the engine idling until hot coolant is
felt circulating through the top hose, check the ignition timing and idle speed and mixture (as appropriate), then switch it off. 7 After a few minutes, recheck the oil and coolant levels and top up as necessary. 8 If they were tightened as described, there is no need to re-tighten the cylinder head bolts once the engine has first run after reassembly. 9 If new pistons, rings or crankshaft bearings have been fitted, the engine must be run-in for the first 500 miles (800 km). Do not operate the engine at full throttle or allow it to labour in any gear during this period. It is recommended that the oil and filter be changed at the end of this period.
Engine removal and general overhaul procedures 2B•17
2B
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
3
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
Chapter 3
Cooling, heating and ventilation systems
Air conditioning compressor drivebelt - inspection, adjustment
and renewal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Air conditioning refrigerant - level check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Air conditioning system components - removal and refitting . . . . . . 15
Coolant pump - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Cooling system - draining, flushing and filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Cooling system - general inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Cooling system electrical switches - testing, removal and refitting . 9
Cooling system hoses - renewal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Electric cooling fan - testing, removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
General information and precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Heater components - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Heater controls - removal, refitting and adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Heater ducts and vents - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Radiator and expansion tank - removal, inspection and refitting . . . 5
Thermostat - removal, testing and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3•1
Contents
Specifications
System
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pressurised, pump-assisted thermo-syphon with front mounted
radiator and thermostatically-controlled electric cooling fan
Thermostat
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wax
Start to open temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 to 80°C
Fully open temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 or 88°C (actual value stamped in unit end)
Full lift height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.0 mm
Expansion tank
Cap pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9 to 1.0 bar
Cooling fan
Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 to 92°C
Torque wrench settings Nm lbf ft
Cooling system
Fan motor nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4
Temperature gauge sender unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 11
Thermostat housing cover bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 7
Thermostat housing/dipstick tube-to-cylinder block/crankcase bolt . . . 9 7
Coolant rail-to-cylinder block/crankcase bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 7
Coolant pump-to-timing belt upper left-hand (inner) cover bolt . . . . . . 9 7
Coolant pump-to-cylinder block/crankcase bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 7
Heating system
Heater lower mounting nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 15
Heater blower motor mounting bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 7
Air conditioning system
Compressor mounting bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 33
Condenser unions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 13
Evaporator inlet union (from receiver drier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 13
Evaporator outlet union . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 24
Receiver drier union . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 13
Trinary switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 9
Easy, suitable for novice with little experience
Fairly easy, suitable for beginner with some experience
Fairly difficult,
suitable for competent DIY mechanic
Difficult, suitable for experienced DIY mechanic
Very difficult,
suitable for expert DIY or professional
Degrees of difficulty
5
4
3
2
1
1 General information and
precautions
General information
The cooling system is of the pressurised, pump-assisted thermo-syphon type. It consists of the front-mounted radiator, a translucent expansion tank mounted on the right-hand inner wing, a thermostatically­controlled electric cooling fan mounted on the rear of the radiator, a thermostat and a centrifugal coolant pump, as well as the connecting hoses (see illustration). The coolant pump is driven by the engine timing belt.
The system is of the by-pass type, allowing coolant to circulate around the engine while the thermostat is closed. With the engine cold, the thermostat closes off the coolant feed from the bottom radiator hose. Coolant is then drawn into the engine via the heater matrix, inlet manifold and from the top of the cylinder block. This allows some heat transfer, by convection, to the radiator through the top
hose whilst retaining the majority of heat within the cylinder block.
The siting of the thermostat in the intake rather than the outlet side of the system ensures that the engine warms up quickly by circulating a small amount of coolant around a shorter tract. This also prevents temperature build-up in the cylinder head prior to the thermostat opening.
When the coolant reaches a predetermined temperature, the thermostat opens and the coolant is allowed to flow freely through the top hose to the radiator. As the coolant circulates through the radiator, it is cooled by the inrush of air when the vehicle is in forward motion. Airflow is supplemented by the action of the electric cooling fan when necessary. Upon reaching the bottom of the radiator, the coolant is now cooled and the cycle is repeated.
With the engine at normal operating temperature, the coolant expands and some of it is displaced into the expansion tank. This coolant collects in the tank and is returned to the radiator when the system cools.
The electric cooling fan mounted behind the radiator is controlled by a thermostatic
switch located in the radiator side tank. At a predetermined coolant temperature the switch contacts close, thus actuating the fan.
Precautions
Cooling system
Do not attempt to remove the expansion tank filler cap or to disturb any part of the cooling system whilst it or the engine is hot, as there is a very great risk of scalding. If the expansion tank filler cap must be removed before the engine and radiator have fully cooled down (even though this is not recommended) the pressure in the cooling system must first be released. Cover the cap with a thick layer of cloth, to avoid scalding, and slowly unscrew the filler cap until a hissing sound can be heard. When the hissing has stopped, showing that pressure is released, slowly unscrew the filler cap until it can be removed. If more hissing sounds are heard, wait until they have stopped before unscrewing the cap completely. At all times keep well away from the filler opening.
Do not allow antifreeze to come in contact with your skin or painted surfaces of the vehicle. Rinse off spills immediately with plenty of water. Never leave antifreeze lying around, it is fatal if ingested.
If the engine is hot, the electric cooling fan may start rotating even if the engine is not running, so be careful to keep hands, hair and loose clothing well clear when working in the engine compartment.
Air conditioning system
On models equipped with an air conditioning system, it is necessary to observe special precautions whenever dealing with any part of the system, its associated components and any items which necessitate disconnection of the system. If for any reason the system must be disconnected, entrust this task to your Rover dealer or a refrigeration engineer.
Refrigerant must not be allowed to come in contact with a naked flame, otherwise a poisonous gas will be created. Do not allow the fluid to come in contact with the skin or eyes.
2 Cooling system - draining,
flushing and refilling
Refer to Chapter 1.
3 Cooling system -
general inspection
Refer to “Weekly Checks” and Chapter 1.
3•2 Cooling, heating and ventilation systems
1.0 Cooling system components
1 Radiator 2 Cooling fan and cowling 3 Radiator mounting
rubbers 4 Bottom hose 5 Top hose 6 Coolant pipe - bottom
hose to thermostat
housing 7 Thermostat housing
cover 8 Gasket
9 Thermostat 10 Thermostat housing 11 O-ring 12 Coolant pump 13 Expansion tank 14 Hose - heater matrix and
manifold return
15 Hose - heater matrix and
manifold feed
16 Heater temperature
control valve
17 Coolant filler stem
18 Cooling system bleed
screw
19 Engine overheat switch -
where fitted
20 Coolant pipe - expansion
tank to bottom hose
21 Hose - expansion tank
return 22 Sealing ring 23 Cooling fan thermostatic
switch 24 Locking ring
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
4 Cooling system hoses -
renewal
2
1 If inspection of the cooling system reveals a faulty hose, then it must be renewed as follows. 2 First drain the cooling system. If the coolant is not due for renewal, it may be re-used if collected in a clean container. 3 To disconnect any hose, use a screwdriver to slacken the clips then move them along the hose clear of the outlet. Carefully work the hose off its outlets. Do not attempt to disconnect any part of the system when still hot. 4 Note that the radiator hose outlets are fragile. Do not use excessive force when attempting to remove the hoses. If a hose proves stubborn, try to release it by rotating it on its outlets before attempting to work it off. If all else fails, cut the hose with a sharp knife then slit it so that it can be peeled off in two pieces. While expensive, this is preferable to buying a new radiator. 5 When refitting a hose, first slide the clips onto the hose then work the hose onto its outlets. If the hose is stiff, use soap as a lubricant or soften it by first soaking it in boiling water whilst taking care to prevent scalding. 6 Work each hose end fully onto its outlet, check that the hose is settled correctly and is properly routed, then slide each clip along the hose until it is behind the outlet flared end before tightening it securely.
7 Refill the system with coolant. 8 Check carefully for leaks as soon as
possible after disturbing any part of the cooling system.
5 Radiator and expansion tank
- removal, inspection and refitting
2
Removal
Radiator
1 Drain the cooling system. 2 On models equipped with air conditioning,
remove the condenser fan, then undo the two bolts securing the air conditioning pipes to the bonnet platform.
3 Remove the air cleaner metal intake duct and intake hose.
4 Disconnect the radiator cooling fan wiring connector, then slacken and remove the bolt
securing the earth leads to the bonnet platform. Disconnect the wiring from the thermostatic switch(es) which are fitted to the right-hand side of the radiator (see illustrations).
5 Slacken the bottom hose retaining clip and disconnect the hose from the radiator.
6 Slacken the retaining clips and disconnect the top hose from both the radiator and engine coolant elbow (see illustrations). Position the hose clear of the radiator so that it does not hinder removal.
7 Undo the two bolts securing the upper mounting brackets to the bonnet platform and remove the brackets from the radiator. Disengage the radiator from its lower mounting points and carefully manoeuvre it out of the engine compartment (see illustrations).
Cooling, heating and ventilation systems 3•3
5.6a Slacken clips and disconnect top hose from radiator . . .
5.4b Disconnecting wiring connector from radiator switch
5.7a Undo radiator mounting bolts . . .
5.6b . . . and engine coolant elbow
5.7c . . . and manoeuvre radiator out of engine compartment
5.7b . . . remove mounting brackets . . .
5.4a Disconnect cooling fan wiring connector then remove earth lead
retaining bolt (arrowed)
3
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
Never work on the cooling system when it is hot. Release any pressure from
the system by loosening the expansion tank cap, having first covered it with a cloth to avoid any possibility of scalding.
Expansion tank
8 Slacken and remove the three bolts
securing the expansion tank to the body. Unscrew the expansion tank cap and tip out its contents into a suitable container. 9 Slacken the retaining clips then disconnect both the hoses from the expansion tank and remove the tank from the vehicle.
Inspection
Radiator
10 If the radiator was removed because of
clogging (causing overheating) then try reverse flushing or, in severe cases, use a radiator cleanser strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Ensure that the cleanser is suitable for use in a copper/brass radiator. Refer to Chapter 1 for further information 11 Use a soft brush and an air line or garden hose to clear the radiator matrix of leaves, insects etc.
12 Major leaks or extensive damage should be repaired by a specialist, or the radiator should be renewed or exchanged for a reconditioned unit. 13 Examine the mounting rubbers for signs of damage or deterioration and renew if necessary.
Expansion tank
14 Empty any remaining coolant from the
tank and flush it with fresh water to clean it. If the tank is leaking it must be renewed but it is worth first attempting a repair using a proprietary sealant or suitable adhesive. 15 The expansion tank cap should be cleaned and checked whenever it is removed. Check that its sealing surfaces and threads are clean and undamaged and that they mate correctly with those of the expansion tank. 16 The cap’s performance can only be checked by using a cap pressure-tester (cooling system tester) with a suitable
adaptor. On applying pressure, the cap’s pressure relief valve should hold until the specified pressure is reached, at which point the valve should open. 17 If there is any doubt about the cap’s performance, then it must be renewed. Ensure that the replacement is of the correct type and rating.
Refitting
Radiator
18 Refitting is the reverse of the removal
procedure whilst noting the following:
a) Ensure that the radiator is seated
correctly and without strain on its mountings.
b) Ensure that the radiator hoses are
securely held by the retaining clips.
c) Ensure that all wiring connectors are
correctly routed so that they are clear of the cooling fan and are retained by any necessary clips or ties.
d) Refill the cooling system as described in
Chapter 1.
Expansion tank
19 Refitting is the reverse of the removal
procedure whilst noting the following:
a) Ensure that all hoses are correctly routed
with no kinks or sharp bends and are securely held by the retaining clips.
b) Top up the expansion tank as described
in Chapter 1.
6 Thermostat -
removal, testing and refitting
3
Removal
1 Note that access to the thermostat is very limited. Depending on the tools available, it may be easier to raise the front of the vehicle and to work from underneath, ensuring that the vehicle is securely supported on axle stands. In most cases, access is better if the air cleaner and carburettor (or throttle body on SPi engines) are removed and is best if the complete inlet manifold is removed. If the inlet manifold is removed, the thermostat housing
cover can be unbolted to remove the thermostat without disturbing the housing itself (see illustration). Whichever method is used, first drain the cooling system. 2 On carburettor models equipped with a catalytic converter, either remove the thermostatically-operated vacuum switch or disconnect the vacuum pipes from the switch so that it can be removed with the thermostat housing. 3 Unbolt the coolant rail from the rear of the cylinder block/crankcase, then slacken the clips and disconnect the coolant rail hose and heater/inlet manifold return hose from the thermostat housing (see illustration). 4 Undo the thermostat housing/dipstick tube­to-cylinder block/crankcase bolt and remove the thermostat housing from the cylinder block/crankcase. Remove the housing O-ring which must be renewed whenever it is disturbed (see illustrations). 5 Slacken and remove the three thermostat housing cover bolts and lift off the housing cover. Discard the gasket and remove the thermostat.
Testing
6 If the thermostat remains in the open position at room temperature, then it is faulty and must be renewed. 7 To test it fully, suspend the (closed) thermostat on a length of string in a container of cold water, with a thermometer beside it.
3•4 Cooling, heating and ventilation systems
6.4b . . . and withdraw thermostat housing (O-ring arrowed) – inlet manifold removed
for clarity
6.4a . . . unscrew dipstick tube retaining bolt . . .
6.3 Disconnect coolant rail and
heater/inlet manifold hoses (arrowed) . . .
6.1 Thermostat can be removed without
disturbing housing if inlet manifold is first
removed
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
Minor leaks from the radiator can be cured using a suitable sealant with the radiator in situ.
Ensure that neither touches the side of the container (see illustration). 8 Heat the water and check the temperature at which the thermostat begins to open. Compare this value with that specified. Continue to heat the water until the thermostat is fully open. The temperature at which this should happen is stamped in the unit’s end (see illustration). Remove the thermostat and measure the height of the fully opened valve, then allow the thermostat to cool down and check that it closes fully. 9 If the thermostat does not open and close as described, if it sticks in either position, or if it does not open at the specified temperature, then it must be renewed.
Refitting
10 Refitting is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following (see illustration):
a) Clean the thermostat housing, housing
cover and cylinder block/crankcase mating surfaces thoroughly.
b) Always fit a new housing cover gasket
and O-ring. Smear the O-ring with grease to aid refitting.
c) Tighten all bolts to their specified torque
wrench settings (where given).
d) Ensure the coolant hose clips are
positioned so that they do not foul any other component, then tighten them securely.
e) Refit any components removed for
improved access.
f) Refill the cooling system as described in
Chapter 1.
7 Coolant pump -
removal and refitting
4
Removal
1 Coolant pump failure is usually indicated by coolant leaking from the gland behind the pump bearing, or by rough and noisy operation, usually accompanied by excessive pump spindle play. If the pump shows any of these symptoms then it must be renewed as follows.
2 Drain the cooling system. 3 Remove the timing belt. 4 Noting the location of the pillar bolt(s),
unscrew the five bolts securing the coolant pump to the cylinder block/crankcase, then unscrew the single bolt securing the pump to the timing belt upper left-hand (inner) cover. 5 Withdraw the coolant pump and discard its sealing ring which should be renewed whenever it is disturbed. Carefully clean the cylinder block/crankcase mating surface and the pump socket (see illustration).
Refitting
6 On refitting, install the pump using a new sealing ring and tighten all bolts to the specified torque wrench settings. 7 The remainder of the refitting procedure is the reverse of removal.
8 Electric cooling fan -
testing, removal and refitting
2
Note: On models equipped with air conditioning, there are two switches fitted to the right-hand side of the radiator, the lower of these is the cooling fan switch.
Testing
1 The cooling fan motor is supplied with current via the ignition switch, fuse 4 and the cooling fan relay. The relay is energised by the radiator-mounted thermostatic switch which is fed via fuse number 15.
2 If the fan does not appear to work, first check that both fuses are in good condition and have not blown. Run the engine until normal operating temperature is reached, then allow it to idle. If the fan does not cut in within a few minutes, switch off the ignition and disconnect the two wires from the thermostatic switch. Bridge these two wires with a length of spare wire and switch on the ignition. If the fan now operates, the thermostatic switch is probably faulty and must be tested further as described in Section 9. 3 If the fan still fails to operate, check that full battery voltage is available at the switch’s light green and grey wire terminal. If not, check the feed for a blown fuse or other fault such as a broken wire. If the feed is good, check the cooling fan relay, see Chapter 12. If the relay operates correctly, check for continuity between the fan motor black wire terminal and a good earth point on the body. If not, then the earth connection is faulty and must be remade. The circuit earth connection is one of those at earth header 1, attached to the left-hand inner wing panel next to the battery. 4 If the switch and wiring are in good condition, the fault must be in the motor itself. This can be checked by disconnecting it from the wiring loom and connecting a 12 volt supply directly to it. If the motor does not work then it must be renewed.
Removal
5 Drain the cooling system, then jack up the front of the vehicle and support it securely on axle stands. 6 From underneath the front of the vehicle, slacken and remove the three bolts securing the bumper flange to the body. Remove the seven bolts securing the front undercover panel to the body and remove the panel. 7 Remove the air cleaner metal intake duct and intake hose. 8 Slacken the retaining clips and disconnect the top hose from both the radiator and engine. Position the hose clear of the radiator so that it does not hinder removal. 9 Disconnect the radiator cooling fan wiring connector.
Cooling, heating and ventilation systems 3•5
6.10 Thermostat housing and coolant hoses refitted
6.8 Note temperature specification stamped on thermostat end
6.7 Testing the thermostat
7.5 Removing the coolant pump
3
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
10 Undo the four nuts securing the cooling fan cowling to the rear of the radiator and manoeuvre the fan assembly out of the engine compartment (see illustrations). 11 To dismantle the assembly, first prise off the fan retaining circlip, then lift the fan off the motor spindle. Undo the three nuts which secure the motor assembly to the cowling then release the motor wiring and connector and separate the motor and cowling (see illustration).
Refitting
12 Refitting is a reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
a) If necessary, reassemble the fan motor,
cowling and fan, then tighten the motor retaining nuts to the specified torque. Ensure that the motor wiring is securely retained by the cowling clips.
b) Ensure that the radiator hose is securely
held by its retaining clips.
c) On completion, refill the cooling system
as described in Chapter 1.
9 Cooling system electrical
switches - testing, removal
and refitting
2
Note: On models equipped with air conditioning, there are two switches fitted to the right-hand side of the radiator, the lower of these is the cooling fan switch.
Testing
Cooling fan thermostatic switch
1 Refer to Section 8 for details of a quick test
which should eliminate most faulty switches. If the switch is to be renewed, or to be tested thoroughly, it must be removed. 2 To carry out a thorough test of the switch, use two spare wires to connect to it either a multimeter (set to the resistance function) or a battery and bulb test circuit. Suspend the switch in a pan of water which is being heated. Measure the temperature of the water with a thermometer. Do not let either the switch or the thermometer touch the pan itself
(see illustration).
3 The switch contacts should close to the ON
position (ie: continuity should exist) when the water reaches the temperature specified. Stop heating the water and allow it to cool down. The switch contacts should open. 4 If the switch’s performance is significantly different from that specified, or if it does not work at all, then it must be renewed.
Coolant temperature gauge sender unit
5 The coolant temperature gauge mounted in
the instrument panel is fed with a stabilised 10 volt supply from the instrument panel feed (via the ignition switch and fuse 1), its earth being controlled by the sender unit. 6 The sender unit is screwed into the coolant outlet elbow mounted on the left-hand end of the cylinder head, underneath the distributor (see illustration). It contains a thermistor, which is an element whose electrical resistance decreases at a predetermined rate as its temperature rises. Thus, when the coolant is cold, the sender’s resistance is high, current flow through the gauge is reduced and the gauge needle points to the C (cold) end of the scale. If the unit is faulty it must be renewed.
7 If the gauge develops a fault, check first the other instruments. If they do not work at all, check the instrument panel feed. If the readings are erratic, there may be a fault in the voltage stabiliser which will necessitate the renewal of the gauge unit or printed circuit. If the fault is in the temperature gauge alone, check it as follows. 8 If the gauge needle remains at the C end of the scale, disconnect the sender unit wire and earth it to the cylinder head. If the needle then deflects when the ignition is switched on, then the sender unit is proven faulty and must be renewed. If the needle still does not move, remove the instrument panel and check the continuity of the green/blue wire between the gauge and the sender unit and the feed to the gauge unit. If continuity is shown and the fault still exists, then the gauge is faulty and the gauge unit must be renewed. 9 If the gauge needle remains at the H end of the scale, disconnect the sender unit wire. If the needle then returns to the C end of the scale when the ignition is switched on, then the sender unit is proven faulty and must be renewed. If the needle still does not move, check the remainder of the circuit as described above.
Inlet manifold pre-heater temperature switch - carburettor engines
10 The switch screwed into the underside of
the inlet manifold on carburettor engines
3•6 Cooling, heating and ventilation systems
9.6 Coolant temperature gauge sender unit
9.2 Testing cooling system electrical switch
8.11 Cooling fan motor retaining nuts (arrowed)
8.10b . . . and remove fan assembly8.10a Undo cooling fan cowling retaining
nuts (2 arrowed) . . .
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
controls the inlet manifold heater circuit (see
illustration). 11 The switch contacts should be closed to
the ON position (ie: continuity should exist) only at temperatures below 50°C. Remove the switch and test it as described in para­graphs 2 to 4.
Thermostatically-operated vacuum switch - carburettor engines equipped with catalytic converters
12 This switch is screwed into the thermostat
housing. 13 To test the switch, fit two suitable lengths of hose to the switch and suspend the switch in a pan of water which is being heated. Measure the temperature of the water with a thermometer. Do not let either the switch or the thermometer touch the pan itself. 14 Blow down one of the hoses attached to the switch. The switch should be closed (ie: passes no air) when the water temperature is below 70°C. Above 70°C, the switch should open and air should flow freely through the hoses. Stop heating the water then allow the water to cool down and check that the switch closes at 70°C or just below. 15 If the switch performance is significantly different from that specified, or if it does not work at all, then it must be renewed.
Coolant temperature sensor - fuel injected engines
16 This sensor, which is screwed into the
underside of the inlet manifold (SPi engines), or located in the coolant pipe adjacent to the foward top edge of the timing belt cover (MPi engines), is a thermistor (see paragraph 6) which is supplied with approximately 5 volts by the engine management system ECU. The ECU also controls the sensor’s earth path and, by measuring the amount of current in the sensor circuit, determines the engine’s temperature. This information is used, in conjunction with other inputs, to control idle speed, injector opening time duration and ignition timing. 17 If the sensor circuit should fail to provide adequate information, the ECU’s back-up
facility assumes a value corresponding to 60°C. The sensor itself can be tested only by having a Rover dealer check the complete system using the correct diagnostic equipment. Do not attempt to test the circuit using any other equipment, or the ECU will be damaged.
Removal
Cooling fan thermostatic switch
18 With the engine and radiator cold, either
drain the cooling system down to the level of the sender unit, or unscrew the expansion tank filler cap to release any remaining pressure and have a suitable plug ready that can be used to stop the escape of coolant while the switch is removed.
19 Disconnect the battery negative lead. 20 Disconnect the wiring connector from the
switch then rotate the locking ring to release it. Withdraw the switch and sealing ring from the radiator (see illustration).
Coolant temperature gauge sender unit
21 With the engine and radiator cold, either
drain the cooling system down to the level of the switch, or unscrew the expansion tank filler cap to release any remaining pressure and have a suitable plug ready that can be used to stop the escape of coolant while the unit is removed.
22 Disconnect the battery negative lead. 23 Disconnect the unit’s wiring connector
and unscrew the unit from the coolant outlet elbow.
Inlet manifold pre-heater temperature switch - carburettor engines
24 Refer to Chapter 4.
Thermostatically-operated vacuum switch - carburettor engines equipped with catalytic converters
25 Refer to Chapter 5.
Coolant temperature sensor - fuel injected engines
26 Refer to Chapter 4.
Refitting
Cooling fan thermostatic switch
27 On refitting, renew the sealing ring if it is
worn or compressed and carefully clean the radiator seat before pressing in the sealing ring and switch (see illustration). Refit the locking ring and rotate it to tighten it securely. Reconnect the switch and battery, then replenish the cooling system.
Coolant temperature gauge sender unit
28 On refitting, apply a suitable sealant to the
unit threads and tighten it to its specified torque wrench setting. Reconnect the unit and battery, then replenish the cooling system.
Inlet manifold pre-heater temperature switch - carburettor engines
29 Refer to Chapter 4.
Thermostatically-operated vacuum switch - carburettor engines equipped with catalytic converters
30 Refer to Chapter 5.
Coolant temperature sensor - fuel injected engines
31 Refer to Chapter 4.
10 Heater components -
removal and refitting
3
Removal
Heater unit
1 Drain the cooling system. 2 Working in the engine compartment,
slacken the hose clips and disconnect the heater feed and return hoses from the matrix outlets on the bulkhead. Disconnect the cable inner from the heater valve and free the cable outer from its retaining clip. Slacken and
Cooling, heating and ventilation systems 3•7
9.27 Cooling fan switch locking ring (A) thermostatic switch (B) and sealing
ring (C)
9.20 Remove cooling fan thermostatic switch and withdraw sealing ring
(arrowed)
9.10 Inlet manifold pre-heater temperature switch (carburettor engines)
3
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
remove the heater lower mounting nut which is situated just to the left of the matrix outlets
(see illustrations). 3 Working inside the vehicle, remove the
facia. 4 Slacken and remove the two retaining screws and remove the blower motor-to­heater unit duct (see illustration). On models equipped with air conditioning, the evaporator unit is fitted in place of the duct. It may be possible to gain the necessary clearance required to disengage the evaporator from the heater unit by removing the mounting brackets and nuts. If not, the evaporator must be removed. 5 Undo the screw securing the right-hand heater duct to the mounting bracket, then move the duct to the right to disengage it from the heater unit (see illustrations).
6 Undo the inertia switch retaining nut and disengage the switch from the steering column support bracket.
7 Release the wiring block connector from the right-hand end of the steering column support bracket and undo the fusebox
3•8 Cooling, heating and ventilation systems
10.5a Undo right-hand duct retaining screw (arrowed) . . .
10.2c . . . and free heater valve cable from retaining clip
10.2d Slacken and remove heater unit lower mounting nut
10.4 Remove blower motor-to-heater unit duct
10.2b Disconnect heater feed and return hoses . . .
10.2a Heater unit components
1 Heater case 2 Heater case clip 3 Face level/windscreen
duct 4 Floor level duct 5 Heater matrix 6 Heater matrix cover 7 Cable retaining clip
8 Floor level flap operating
lever
9 Clip 10 Floor level flap idler lever 11 Face level flap idler lever 12 Flap operating lever 13 Air mix flap operating lever 14 Air mix flap
15 Ambient air flap - centre
console vents
16 Distribution flap -
windscreen
17 Distribution flap - face
level vents
18 Distribution flap - floor
level vents
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
retaining nut. Slacken and remove the five support bracket retaining bolts and remove the bracket from the vehicle (see
illustrations). 8 Disconnect the air recirculation cable inner
from the flap and free the cable outer from the blower motor. 9 Prise out the stud securing the rear heater duct sleeve to the bottom of the heater unit, then slide the sleeve down to disengage it from the unit (see illustration). 10 Disconnect the wiring connectors from the heater control panel, then remove the two upper heater unit retaining nuts and carefully manoeuvre the heater unit out of the vehicle
(see illustrations).
Heater matrix
11 Remove the heater unit. 12 Undo the screw securing the matrix outlet
pipe bracket to the heater unit and remove the bracket (see illustration). 13 Slacken and remove the two matrix cover retaining screws, then remove the cover and withdraw the matrix from the heater unit (see
illustrations). 14 If the matrix is leaking, it is best to obtain
a new or reconditioned unit as home repairs are seldom successful. If it is blocked, it can sometimes be cleared by reverse flushing using a garden hose. Use a proprietary radiator cleaning product if absolutely necessary.
Cooling, heating and ventilation systems 3•9
10.7b Remove mounting bolts and
manoeuvre steering column mounting
bracket out of position
10.7a Release wiring connector from steering column support bracket and
remove fusebox nut (arrowed)
10.5b . . . and disengage duct from heater unit
10.13c . . . and withdraw matrix from heater unit
10.13b . . . then remove cover . . .
10.12 Undo retaining screw and remove matrix outlet pipe bracket
10.10b . . . and remove heater retaining nuts
10.10a Disconnect wiring from heater control panel . . .
10.9 Remove retaining stud and disengage rear heater duct sleeve from heater unit
10.13a Undo two matrix cover retaining screws . . .
3
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
Heater blower motor
15 Undo the two glovebox retaining screws
then partially withdraw the glovebox until access can be gained to the glovebox damper to facia screw. Undo the damper screw and remove the glovebox and damper (see
illustration). 16 Slacken and remove the four glovebox
support rail mounting bolts and remove the rail (see illustration). 17 Slacken and remove the two retaining screws and remove the blower motor-to­heater unit duct (see illustration). On models equipped with air conditioning, the evaporator unit is fitted in place of the duct. It may be possible to gain the necessary clearance
required to disengage the evaporator and remove the blower motor by removing the mounting brackets and nuts. If not, the evaporator must be removed. 18 Disconnect the air recirculation cable inner from the flap and free the cable outer from the blower motor. Disconnect the two blower motor wiring connectors (see
illustration). 19 Slacken and remove the three blower
motor mounting bolts and manoeuvre the blower unit out from underneath the facia (see
illustrations). 20 To remove the motor from the unit, undo
the four motor cover retaining screws, then disconnect the breather hose and lift off the
cover. Slacken and remove the three motor retaining bolts and withdraw the motor assembly from the blower unit. Undo the fan retaining nut and separate the fan and motor, noting the seal fitted between the two components (see illustrations).
Heater blower motor resistor
21 Remove the glovebox as described in
paragraphs 15 and 16. 22 Disconnect the wiring connector, then undo the two retaining screws and remove the resistor from the front of the motor assembly.
Heater valve
23 Working in the engine compartment,
disconnect the cable inner from the heater
3•10 Cooling, heating and ventilation systems
10.20c Undo motor retaining bolts and withdraw motor from unit
10.20b . . . and disconnect breather hose10.20a Remove motor cover retaining
screws (arrowed) . . .
10.19b . . . and remove unit from behind facia
10.19a Undo three blower motor mounting bolts (arrowed) . . .
10.18 Disconnect motor wiring connec­tors (A) and air recirculation cable (B)
10.17 . . . then remove blower motor-to­heater unit duct
10.16 Remove glovebox support rail . . .10.15 Glovebox damper retaining screw
(arrowed)
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
valve and free the cable outer from the retaining clip. 24 Slacken and remove the bolt securing the heater valve mounting bracket to the engine compartment bulkhead. 25 Either drain the cooling system or clamp the coolant hoses on each side of the coolant valve to minimise the loss of coolant. 26 Slacken the hose retaining clips, then disconnect both hoses from the coolant valve and remove the valve from the engine compartment. Mop up any spilt coolant immediately.
Refitting
Heater unit
27 Refitting is a reverse of the removal
procedure, noting the following:
a) Ensure that the heater ducts are securely
connected to the unit so that there are no air leaks or gaps.
b) Check the operation of all heater cables
before refitting the facia, ensuring that the relevant component moves smoothly from the fully open to the fully closed position. If necessary, adjustments can be made by releasing the relevant retaining clip and repositioning the cable outer.
c) Ensure that the heater hoses are correctly
reconnected and are securely held by the retaining clips.
d) Tighten the heater lower mounting nut to
the specified torque setting.
e) Refill the cooling system as described in
Chapter 1.
Heater matrix
28 Refitting is a reverse of the removal
procedure.
Heater blower motor
29 Refitting is a reversal of the removal
sequence, noting the following:
a) Ensure that the foam rubber seal is
refitted correctly so that the blower motor-to-bulkhead aperture is closed off.
b) Tighten the blower motor mounting bolts
to the specified torque setting.
c) Ensure that the air recirculation cable and
flap functions correctly before refitting the glovebox. If necessary, adjust by releasing the cable retaining clip and repositioning the cable outer.
Heater blower motor resistor
30 Refitting is a reverse of the removal
procedure.
Heater valve
31 Refitting is a reversal of the removal
procedure. On completion, check the heater cable operates smoothly and replenish the cooling system.
11 Heater ducts and vents -
removal and refitting
3
Removal
Facia ducts
1 Remove the facia.
2 The ducts are mounted on the facia
assembly and can be removed individually, once the retaining screws have been removed.
Heater unit ducts
3 The left-hand heater unit to blower
motor duct is removed as described in paragraphs 15 to 17 of Section 10. 4 To remove the right-hand duct, first remove the facia. Slacken and remove the retaining screw which secures the right-hand end of the duct to the mounting bracket and release the radio aerial from the retaining clips on the underside of the duct. The duct can then be manoeuvred out of position. 5 Removal of the lower ducts which supply air to the rear passenger footwells is a complex job, requiring the removal of the front seats, centre console and the various trim panels so that the floor carpet can be peeled back, and is therefore not recommended.
Centre console vents
6 Remove the centre console. 7 The vents can then be unclipped from the
rear of the front console section and removed.
Facia vents
8 The adjustable face-level vents can be
removed by prising them gently out of the facia until the clips are released, taking care not to mark the facia. 9 The door window demister vents, fitted to the sides of the facia, can also be prised out of position once the relevant door has been opened.
Refitting
10 Refitting is a reverse of the removal procedure.
12 Heater controls - removal,
refitting and adjustment
3
Removal
1 Remove the heater unit. 2 Disconnect the heater control cables from
the heater unit and unclip the control panel. Remove the panel assembly complete with cables (see illustrations).
Refitting and adjustment
3 Refit the heater control panel to the heater unit and reconnect the necessary control cables to their original positions. 4 Check the operation of the control cables, ensuring that they operate smoothly and move the necessary component from the fully open to the fully closed position. Adjustments can be made by releasing the cable retaining clip and repositioning the cable outer. 5 Once the necessary control cables are functioning correctly, refit the heater unit.
Cooling, heating and ventilation systems 3•11
10.20e . . . and lift off fan (seal arrowed)10.20d Remove fan retaining nut . . .
12.2b . . . and remove heater control panel with cables
12.2a Disconnect control cables from heater unit . . .
3
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
13 Air conditioning compressor
drivebelt - inspection,
adjustment and renewal
Refer to Chapter 1 (alternator drivebelt check).
14 Air conditioning refrigerant -
level check
Refer to Chapter 1.
15 Air conditioning system
components -
removal and refitting
3
Warning: The air conditioning system must be professionally discharged before carrying out
any of the following work. Cap or plug the pipe lines as soon as they are disconnected to prevent the entry of moisture.
Compressor
Removal
1 Remove the alternator/air conditioning
compressor drivebelt as described in Chap­ter 1. 2 Disconnect the air conditioning pipes from the compressor (see illustration). 3 Slacken and remove the four bolts securing the compressor to the mounting bracket and manoeuvre it downwards and away from the engine.
Refitting
4 Refitting is a reverse of the removal
sequence, tightening the compressor mounting bolts to the specified torque setting. Ensure that the compressor pipe unions are securely tightened then refit and adjust the drivebelt as described in Chapter 1. On completion, have the air conditioning system recharged by a refrigeration specialist or suitably-equipped Rover dealer.
Condenser
Removal
5 Remove the front bumper. 6 Slacken and remove the bolts securing the
power steering oil cooler to the body, then undo the bonnet lock mounting bracket bolts and position the lock assembly clear of the condenser unit. 7 Unscrew the air conditioning pipe union nuts from the condenser unit then disconnect the pipes. Discard the union pipe O-rings as these must be renewed whenever they are disturbed. 8 Slacken and remove the four retaining bolts and withdraw both the condenser upper mounting brackets. Release the condenser from its lower mounting points and manoeuvre it away from the vehicle.
Refitting
9 Prior to refitting, check the condenser lower
mounting rubbers for signs of damage or deterioration and renew as necessary. Renew the pipe union O-rings. 10 Refitting is a direct reversal of the removal procedure, tightening the pipe union nuts to the specified torque setting. On completion, have the air conditioning system recharged by a refrigeration specialist or a suitably equipped Rover dealer.
Condenser cooling fan
Removal
11 Drain the cooling system. 12 Disconnect the wiring connector from the
engine overheat switch, located in the top coolant hose, then slacken the clips securing the hose to the radiator and engine. Disconnect the hose from the radiator and engine and position it clear of the condenser so that it does not hinder removal. 13 Disconnect the condenser fan electrical wiring connector then undo the four fan cowling retaining nuts and manoeuvre the assembly out of the engine compartment.
14 To dismantle the assembly, first undo the fan retaining nut then lift the fan off the motor spindle. Undo the two screws which secure the motor assembly to the cowling then release the motor wiring and connector and separate the motor and cowling.
Refitting
15 Refitting is a reverse of the removal
procedure, noting the following points:
a) Ensure that the motor wiring is securely
retained by the cowling clips and is clear of the condenser fan.
b) Ensure that the radiator hose is securely
held by its retaining clips.
c) On completion, refill the cooling system.
Evaporator
Removal
16 Undo the three bolts which secure the
washer system reservoir to the engine compartment bulkhead and move the reservoir to gain access to the two evaporator union nuts. Slacken both the union nuts and disconnect the pipes from the evaporator. Remove the O-rings from the union nuts and discard them.
3•12 Cooling, heating and ventilation systems
15.2 Air conditioning system layout
1 Compressor 2 Condenser 3 Receiver drier 4 Evaporator
5 Heater unit 6 Blower unit 7 High pressure servicing
connection
8 Low pressure servicing
connection
9 Trinary switch
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
17 Working from inside the vehicle, undo the two glovebox retaining screws, then partially withdraw the glovebox until access can be gained to the glovebox damper-to-facia screw. Undo the damper screw and remove the glovebox and damper. 18 Slacken and remove the four glovebox support rail mounting bolts and remove the rail. 19 Undo the two evaporator bracket retaining bolts and remove both the brackets. 20 Disconnect the wiring connector from the right-hand side of the evaporator. 21 Slacken and remove the two evaporator mounting nuts and manoeuvre the unit out of position.
Refitting
22 Refitting is a reverse of the removal
procedure noting the following:
a) Ensure that the evaporator is correctly
joined to the heater unit and blower motor, so that there are no air leaks or gaps, then tighten the retaining nuts and bracket bolts securely.
b) Fit new O-rings to the pipe unions and
tighten the union nuts to the specified torque setting.
c) On completion, have the system
recharged by a refrigeration specialist or a suitably-equipped Rover dealer.
Receiver drier
Removal
23 Remove the left-hand headlamp and the
battery and battery tray. 24 Undo the two screws securing the air intake grille to the body. Disengage the grille from the resonator and remove it from the vehicle. Move the resonator to one side to gain access to the receiver drier. 25 Slacken the union nuts and disconnect the pipes from the receiver drier noting the O­rings which are fitted to the pipe unions. Discard the O-rings as they must be renewed whenever they are disturbed. The receiver drier unit unions must be capped immediately after they are disconnected and must remain capped until they are to be reconnected. If the receiver drier unit is left uncapped for any period of time it must be renewed.
26 Slacken the receiver drier clamp bolt then slide the unit out of the retaining clamp and remove it from the engine compartment.
Refitting
27 Refitting is a direct reversal of the removal
sequence, tightening the pipe union nuts to the specified torque setting. On completion, have the system recharged by a refrigeration specialist or suitably-equipped Rover dealer.
Trinary switch
Removal
28 Remove the front bumper. 29 Disconnect the wiring connector and
unscrew the switch from the air conditioning pipe. Remove the O-ring from the switch and discard it.
Refitting
30 Refitting is a reverse of the removal
procedure. Fit a new O-ring to the switch and tighten it to the specified torque setting. On completion, have the system recharged by a refrigeration specialist or suitably-equipped Rover dealer.
Cooling, heating and ventilation systems 3•13
3
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
3
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
Chapter 3
Cooling, heating and ventilation systems
Air conditioning compressor drivebelt - inspection, adjustment
and renewal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Air conditioning refrigerant - level check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Air conditioning system components - removal and refitting . . . . . . 15
Coolant pump - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Cooling system - draining, flushing and filling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Cooling system - general inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Cooling system electrical switches - testing, removal and refitting . 9
Cooling system hoses - renewal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Electric cooling fan - testing, removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
General information and precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Heater components - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Heater controls - removal, refitting and adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Heater ducts and vents - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Radiator and expansion tank - removal, inspection and refitting . . . 5
Thermostat - removal, testing and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3•1
Contents
Specifications
System
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pressurised, pump-assisted thermo-syphon with front mounted
radiator and thermostatically-controlled electric cooling fan
Thermostat
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wax
Start to open temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 to 80°C
Fully open temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 or 88°C (actual value stamped in unit end)
Full lift height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.0 mm
Expansion tank
Cap pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9 to 1.0 bar
Cooling fan
Operating temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 to 92°C
Torque wrench settings Nm lbf ft
Cooling system
Fan motor nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4
Temperature gauge sender unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 11
Thermostat housing cover bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 7
Thermostat housing/dipstick tube-to-cylinder block/crankcase bolt . . . 9 7
Coolant rail-to-cylinder block/crankcase bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 7
Coolant pump-to-timing belt upper left-hand (inner) cover bolt . . . . . . 9 7
Coolant pump-to-cylinder block/crankcase bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 7
Heating system
Heater lower mounting nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 15
Heater blower motor mounting bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 7
Air conditioning system
Compressor mounting bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 33
Condenser unions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 13
Evaporator inlet union (from receiver drier) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 13
Evaporator outlet union . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 24
Receiver drier union . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 13
Trinary switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 9
Easy, suitable for novice with little experience
Fairly easy, suitable for beginner with some experience
Fairly difficult,
suitable for competent DIY mechanic
Difficult, suitable for experienced DIY mechanic
Very difficult,
suitable for expert DIY or professional
Degrees of difficulty
5
4
3
2
1
1 General information and
precautions
General information
The cooling system is of the pressurised, pump-assisted thermo-syphon type. It consists of the front-mounted radiator, a translucent expansion tank mounted on the right-hand inner wing, a thermostatically­controlled electric cooling fan mounted on the rear of the radiator, a thermostat and a centrifugal coolant pump, as well as the connecting hoses (see illustration). The coolant pump is driven by the engine timing belt.
The system is of the by-pass type, allowing coolant to circulate around the engine while the thermostat is closed. With the engine cold, the thermostat closes off the coolant feed from the bottom radiator hose. Coolant is then drawn into the engine via the heater matrix, inlet manifold and from the top of the cylinder block. This allows some heat transfer, by convection, to the radiator through the top
hose whilst retaining the majority of heat within the cylinder block.
The siting of the thermostat in the intake rather than the outlet side of the system ensures that the engine warms up quickly by circulating a small amount of coolant around a shorter tract. This also prevents temperature build-up in the cylinder head prior to the thermostat opening.
When the coolant reaches a predetermined temperature, the thermostat opens and the coolant is allowed to flow freely through the top hose to the radiator. As the coolant circulates through the radiator, it is cooled by the inrush of air when the vehicle is in forward motion. Airflow is supplemented by the action of the electric cooling fan when necessary. Upon reaching the bottom of the radiator, the coolant is now cooled and the cycle is repeated.
With the engine at normal operating temperature, the coolant expands and some of it is displaced into the expansion tank. This coolant collects in the tank and is returned to the radiator when the system cools.
The electric cooling fan mounted behind the radiator is controlled by a thermostatic
switch located in the radiator side tank. At a predetermined coolant temperature the switch contacts close, thus actuating the fan.
Precautions
Cooling system
Do not attempt to remove the expansion tank filler cap or to disturb any part of the cooling system whilst it or the engine is hot, as there is a very great risk of scalding. If the expansion tank filler cap must be removed before the engine and radiator have fully cooled down (even though this is not recommended) the pressure in the cooling system must first be released. Cover the cap with a thick layer of cloth, to avoid scalding, and slowly unscrew the filler cap until a hissing sound can be heard. When the hissing has stopped, showing that pressure is released, slowly unscrew the filler cap until it can be removed. If more hissing sounds are heard, wait until they have stopped before unscrewing the cap completely. At all times keep well away from the filler opening.
Do not allow antifreeze to come in contact with your skin or painted surfaces of the vehicle. Rinse off spills immediately with plenty of water. Never leave antifreeze lying around, it is fatal if ingested.
If the engine is hot, the electric cooling fan may start rotating even if the engine is not running, so be careful to keep hands, hair and loose clothing well clear when working in the engine compartment.
Air conditioning system
On models equipped with an air conditioning system, it is necessary to observe special precautions whenever dealing with any part of the system, its associated components and any items which necessitate disconnection of the system. If for any reason the system must be disconnected, entrust this task to your Rover dealer or a refrigeration engineer.
Refrigerant must not be allowed to come in contact with a naked flame, otherwise a poisonous gas will be created. Do not allow the fluid to come in contact with the skin or eyes.
2 Cooling system - draining,
flushing and refilling
Refer to Chapter 1.
3 Cooling system -
general inspection
Refer to “Weekly Checks” and Chapter 1.
3•2 Cooling, heating and ventilation systems
1.0 Cooling system components
1 Radiator 2 Cooling fan and cowling 3 Radiator mounting
rubbers 4 Bottom hose 5 Top hose 6 Coolant pipe - bottom
hose to thermostat
housing 7 Thermostat housing
cover 8 Gasket
9 Thermostat 10 Thermostat housing 11 O-ring 12 Coolant pump 13 Expansion tank 14 Hose - heater matrix and
manifold return
15 Hose - heater matrix and
manifold feed
16 Heater temperature
control valve
17 Coolant filler stem
18 Cooling system bleed
screw
19 Engine overheat switch -
where fitted
20 Coolant pipe - expansion
tank to bottom hose
21 Hose - expansion tank
return 22 Sealing ring 23 Cooling fan thermostatic
switch 24 Locking ring
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
4 Cooling system hoses -
renewal
2
1 If inspection of the cooling system reveals a faulty hose, then it must be renewed as follows. 2 First drain the cooling system. If the coolant is not due for renewal, it may be re-used if collected in a clean container. 3 To disconnect any hose, use a screwdriver to slacken the clips then move them along the hose clear of the outlet. Carefully work the hose off its outlets. Do not attempt to disconnect any part of the system when still hot. 4 Note that the radiator hose outlets are fragile. Do not use excessive force when attempting to remove the hoses. If a hose proves stubborn, try to release it by rotating it on its outlets before attempting to work it off. If all else fails, cut the hose with a sharp knife then slit it so that it can be peeled off in two pieces. While expensive, this is preferable to buying a new radiator. 5 When refitting a hose, first slide the clips onto the hose then work the hose onto its outlets. If the hose is stiff, use soap as a lubricant or soften it by first soaking it in boiling water whilst taking care to prevent scalding. 6 Work each hose end fully onto its outlet, check that the hose is settled correctly and is properly routed, then slide each clip along the hose until it is behind the outlet flared end before tightening it securely.
7 Refill the system with coolant. 8 Check carefully for leaks as soon as
possible after disturbing any part of the cooling system.
5 Radiator and expansion tank
- removal, inspection and refitting
2
Removal
Radiator
1 Drain the cooling system. 2 On models equipped with air conditioning,
remove the condenser fan, then undo the two bolts securing the air conditioning pipes to the bonnet platform.
3 Remove the air cleaner metal intake duct and intake hose.
4 Disconnect the radiator cooling fan wiring connector, then slacken and remove the bolt
securing the earth leads to the bonnet platform. Disconnect the wiring from the thermostatic switch(es) which are fitted to the right-hand side of the radiator (see illustrations).
5 Slacken the bottom hose retaining clip and disconnect the hose from the radiator.
6 Slacken the retaining clips and disconnect the top hose from both the radiator and engine coolant elbow (see illustrations). Position the hose clear of the radiator so that it does not hinder removal.
7 Undo the two bolts securing the upper mounting brackets to the bonnet platform and remove the brackets from the radiator. Disengage the radiator from its lower mounting points and carefully manoeuvre it out of the engine compartment (see illustrations).
Cooling, heating and ventilation systems 3•3
5.6a Slacken clips and disconnect top hose from radiator . . .
5.4b Disconnecting wiring connector from radiator switch
5.7a Undo radiator mounting bolts . . .
5.6b . . . and engine coolant elbow
5.7c . . . and manoeuvre radiator out of engine compartment
5.7b . . . remove mounting brackets . . .
5.4a Disconnect cooling fan wiring connector then remove earth lead
retaining bolt (arrowed)
3
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
Never work on the cooling system when it is hot. Release any pressure from
the system by loosening the expansion tank cap, having first covered it with a cloth to avoid any possibility of scalding.
Expansion tank
8 Slacken and remove the three bolts
securing the expansion tank to the body. Unscrew the expansion tank cap and tip out its contents into a suitable container. 9 Slacken the retaining clips then disconnect both the hoses from the expansion tank and remove the tank from the vehicle.
Inspection
Radiator
10 If the radiator was removed because of
clogging (causing overheating) then try reverse flushing or, in severe cases, use a radiator cleanser strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Ensure that the cleanser is suitable for use in a copper/brass radiator. Refer to Chapter 1 for further information 11 Use a soft brush and an air line or garden hose to clear the radiator matrix of leaves, insects etc.
12 Major leaks or extensive damage should be repaired by a specialist, or the radiator should be renewed or exchanged for a reconditioned unit. 13 Examine the mounting rubbers for signs of damage or deterioration and renew if necessary.
Expansion tank
14 Empty any remaining coolant from the
tank and flush it with fresh water to clean it. If the tank is leaking it must be renewed but it is worth first attempting a repair using a proprietary sealant or suitable adhesive. 15 The expansion tank cap should be cleaned and checked whenever it is removed. Check that its sealing surfaces and threads are clean and undamaged and that they mate correctly with those of the expansion tank. 16 The cap’s performance can only be checked by using a cap pressure-tester (cooling system tester) with a suitable
adaptor. On applying pressure, the cap’s pressure relief valve should hold until the specified pressure is reached, at which point the valve should open. 17 If there is any doubt about the cap’s performance, then it must be renewed. Ensure that the replacement is of the correct type and rating.
Refitting
Radiator
18 Refitting is the reverse of the removal
procedure whilst noting the following:
a) Ensure that the radiator is seated
correctly and without strain on its mountings.
b) Ensure that the radiator hoses are
securely held by the retaining clips.
c) Ensure that all wiring connectors are
correctly routed so that they are clear of the cooling fan and are retained by any necessary clips or ties.
d) Refill the cooling system as described in
Chapter 1.
Expansion tank
19 Refitting is the reverse of the removal
procedure whilst noting the following:
a) Ensure that all hoses are correctly routed
with no kinks or sharp bends and are securely held by the retaining clips.
b) Top up the expansion tank as described
in Chapter 1.
6 Thermostat -
removal, testing and refitting
3
Removal
1 Note that access to the thermostat is very limited. Depending on the tools available, it may be easier to raise the front of the vehicle and to work from underneath, ensuring that the vehicle is securely supported on axle stands. In most cases, access is better if the air cleaner and carburettor (or throttle body on SPi engines) are removed and is best if the complete inlet manifold is removed. If the inlet manifold is removed, the thermostat housing
cover can be unbolted to remove the thermostat without disturbing the housing itself (see illustration). Whichever method is used, first drain the cooling system. 2 On carburettor models equipped with a catalytic converter, either remove the thermostatically-operated vacuum switch or disconnect the vacuum pipes from the switch so that it can be removed with the thermostat housing. 3 Unbolt the coolant rail from the rear of the cylinder block/crankcase, then slacken the clips and disconnect the coolant rail hose and heater/inlet manifold return hose from the thermostat housing (see illustration). 4 Undo the thermostat housing/dipstick tube­to-cylinder block/crankcase bolt and remove the thermostat housing from the cylinder block/crankcase. Remove the housing O-ring which must be renewed whenever it is disturbed (see illustrations). 5 Slacken and remove the three thermostat housing cover bolts and lift off the housing cover. Discard the gasket and remove the thermostat.
Testing
6 If the thermostat remains in the open position at room temperature, then it is faulty and must be renewed. 7 To test it fully, suspend the (closed) thermostat on a length of string in a container of cold water, with a thermometer beside it.
3•4 Cooling, heating and ventilation systems
6.4b . . . and withdraw thermostat housing (O-ring arrowed) – inlet manifold removed
for clarity
6.4a . . . unscrew dipstick tube retaining bolt . . .
6.3 Disconnect coolant rail and
heater/inlet manifold hoses (arrowed) . . .
6.1 Thermostat can be removed without
disturbing housing if inlet manifold is first
removed
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
Minor leaks from the radiator can be cured using a suitable sealant with the radiator in situ.
Ensure that neither touches the side of the container (see illustration). 8 Heat the water and check the temperature at which the thermostat begins to open. Compare this value with that specified. Continue to heat the water until the thermostat is fully open. The temperature at which this should happen is stamped in the unit’s end (see illustration). Remove the thermostat and measure the height of the fully opened valve, then allow the thermostat to cool down and check that it closes fully. 9 If the thermostat does not open and close as described, if it sticks in either position, or if it does not open at the specified temperature, then it must be renewed.
Refitting
10 Refitting is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following (see illustration):
a) Clean the thermostat housing, housing
cover and cylinder block/crankcase mating surfaces thoroughly.
b) Always fit a new housing cover gasket
and O-ring. Smear the O-ring with grease to aid refitting.
c) Tighten all bolts to their specified torque
wrench settings (where given).
d) Ensure the coolant hose clips are
positioned so that they do not foul any other component, then tighten them securely.
e) Refit any components removed for
improved access.
f) Refill the cooling system as described in
Chapter 1.
7 Coolant pump -
removal and refitting
4
Removal
1 Coolant pump failure is usually indicated by coolant leaking from the gland behind the pump bearing, or by rough and noisy operation, usually accompanied by excessive pump spindle play. If the pump shows any of these symptoms then it must be renewed as follows.
2 Drain the cooling system. 3 Remove the timing belt. 4 Noting the location of the pillar bolt(s),
unscrew the five bolts securing the coolant pump to the cylinder block/crankcase, then unscrew the single bolt securing the pump to the timing belt upper left-hand (inner) cover. 5 Withdraw the coolant pump and discard its sealing ring which should be renewed whenever it is disturbed. Carefully clean the cylinder block/crankcase mating surface and the pump socket (see illustration).
Refitting
6 On refitting, install the pump using a new sealing ring and tighten all bolts to the specified torque wrench settings. 7 The remainder of the refitting procedure is the reverse of removal.
8 Electric cooling fan -
testing, removal and refitting
2
Note: On models equipped with air conditioning, there are two switches fitted to the right-hand side of the radiator, the lower of these is the cooling fan switch.
Testing
1 The cooling fan motor is supplied with current via the ignition switch, fuse 4 and the cooling fan relay. The relay is energised by the radiator-mounted thermostatic switch which is fed via fuse number 15.
2 If the fan does not appear to work, first check that both fuses are in good condition and have not blown. Run the engine until normal operating temperature is reached, then allow it to idle. If the fan does not cut in within a few minutes, switch off the ignition and disconnect the two wires from the thermostatic switch. Bridge these two wires with a length of spare wire and switch on the ignition. If the fan now operates, the thermostatic switch is probably faulty and must be tested further as described in Section 9. 3 If the fan still fails to operate, check that full battery voltage is available at the switch’s light green and grey wire terminal. If not, check the feed for a blown fuse or other fault such as a broken wire. If the feed is good, check the cooling fan relay, see Chapter 12. If the relay operates correctly, check for continuity between the fan motor black wire terminal and a good earth point on the body. If not, then the earth connection is faulty and must be remade. The circuit earth connection is one of those at earth header 1, attached to the left-hand inner wing panel next to the battery. 4 If the switch and wiring are in good condition, the fault must be in the motor itself. This can be checked by disconnecting it from the wiring loom and connecting a 12 volt supply directly to it. If the motor does not work then it must be renewed.
Removal
5 Drain the cooling system, then jack up the front of the vehicle and support it securely on axle stands. 6 From underneath the front of the vehicle, slacken and remove the three bolts securing the bumper flange to the body. Remove the seven bolts securing the front undercover panel to the body and remove the panel. 7 Remove the air cleaner metal intake duct and intake hose. 8 Slacken the retaining clips and disconnect the top hose from both the radiator and engine. Position the hose clear of the radiator so that it does not hinder removal. 9 Disconnect the radiator cooling fan wiring connector.
Cooling, heating and ventilation systems 3•5
6.10 Thermostat housing and coolant hoses refitted
6.8 Note temperature specification stamped on thermostat end
6.7 Testing the thermostat
7.5 Removing the coolant pump
3
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
10 Undo the four nuts securing the cooling fan cowling to the rear of the radiator and manoeuvre the fan assembly out of the engine compartment (see illustrations). 11 To dismantle the assembly, first prise off the fan retaining circlip, then lift the fan off the motor spindle. Undo the three nuts which secure the motor assembly to the cowling then release the motor wiring and connector and separate the motor and cowling (see illustration).
Refitting
12 Refitting is a reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
a) If necessary, reassemble the fan motor,
cowling and fan, then tighten the motor retaining nuts to the specified torque. Ensure that the motor wiring is securely retained by the cowling clips.
b) Ensure that the radiator hose is securely
held by its retaining clips.
c) On completion, refill the cooling system
as described in Chapter 1.
9 Cooling system electrical
switches - testing, removal
and refitting
2
Note: On models equipped with air conditioning, there are two switches fitted to the right-hand side of the radiator, the lower of these is the cooling fan switch.
Testing
Cooling fan thermostatic switch
1 Refer to Section 8 for details of a quick test
which should eliminate most faulty switches. If the switch is to be renewed, or to be tested thoroughly, it must be removed. 2 To carry out a thorough test of the switch, use two spare wires to connect to it either a multimeter (set to the resistance function) or a battery and bulb test circuit. Suspend the switch in a pan of water which is being heated. Measure the temperature of the water with a thermometer. Do not let either the switch or the thermometer touch the pan itself
(see illustration).
3 The switch contacts should close to the ON
position (ie: continuity should exist) when the water reaches the temperature specified. Stop heating the water and allow it to cool down. The switch contacts should open. 4 If the switch’s performance is significantly different from that specified, or if it does not work at all, then it must be renewed.
Coolant temperature gauge sender unit
5 The coolant temperature gauge mounted in
the instrument panel is fed with a stabilised 10 volt supply from the instrument panel feed (via the ignition switch and fuse 1), its earth being controlled by the sender unit. 6 The sender unit is screwed into the coolant outlet elbow mounted on the left-hand end of the cylinder head, underneath the distributor (see illustration). It contains a thermistor, which is an element whose electrical resistance decreases at a predetermined rate as its temperature rises. Thus, when the coolant is cold, the sender’s resistance is high, current flow through the gauge is reduced and the gauge needle points to the C (cold) end of the scale. If the unit is faulty it must be renewed.
7 If the gauge develops a fault, check first the other instruments. If they do not work at all, check the instrument panel feed. If the readings are erratic, there may be a fault in the voltage stabiliser which will necessitate the renewal of the gauge unit or printed circuit. If the fault is in the temperature gauge alone, check it as follows. 8 If the gauge needle remains at the C end of the scale, disconnect the sender unit wire and earth it to the cylinder head. If the needle then deflects when the ignition is switched on, then the sender unit is proven faulty and must be renewed. If the needle still does not move, remove the instrument panel and check the continuity of the green/blue wire between the gauge and the sender unit and the feed to the gauge unit. If continuity is shown and the fault still exists, then the gauge is faulty and the gauge unit must be renewed. 9 If the gauge needle remains at the H end of the scale, disconnect the sender unit wire. If the needle then returns to the C end of the scale when the ignition is switched on, then the sender unit is proven faulty and must be renewed. If the needle still does not move, check the remainder of the circuit as described above.
Inlet manifold pre-heater temperature switch - carburettor engines
10 The switch screwed into the underside of
the inlet manifold on carburettor engines
3•6 Cooling, heating and ventilation systems
9.6 Coolant temperature gauge sender unit
9.2 Testing cooling system electrical switch
8.11 Cooling fan motor retaining nuts (arrowed)
8.10b . . . and remove fan assembly8.10a Undo cooling fan cowling retaining
nuts (2 arrowed) . . .
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
controls the inlet manifold heater circuit (see
illustration). 11 The switch contacts should be closed to
the ON position (ie: continuity should exist) only at temperatures below 50°C. Remove the switch and test it as described in para­graphs 2 to 4.
Thermostatically-operated vacuum switch - carburettor engines equipped with catalytic converters
12 This switch is screwed into the thermostat
housing. 13 To test the switch, fit two suitable lengths of hose to the switch and suspend the switch in a pan of water which is being heated. Measure the temperature of the water with a thermometer. Do not let either the switch or the thermometer touch the pan itself. 14 Blow down one of the hoses attached to the switch. The switch should be closed (ie: passes no air) when the water temperature is below 70°C. Above 70°C, the switch should open and air should flow freely through the hoses. Stop heating the water then allow the water to cool down and check that the switch closes at 70°C or just below. 15 If the switch performance is significantly different from that specified, or if it does not work at all, then it must be renewed.
Coolant temperature sensor - fuel injected engines
16 This sensor, which is screwed into the
underside of the inlet manifold (SPi engines), or located in the coolant pipe adjacent to the foward top edge of the timing belt cover (MPi engines), is a thermistor (see paragraph 6) which is supplied with approximately 5 volts by the engine management system ECU. The ECU also controls the sensor’s earth path and, by measuring the amount of current in the sensor circuit, determines the engine’s temperature. This information is used, in conjunction with other inputs, to control idle speed, injector opening time duration and ignition timing. 17 If the sensor circuit should fail to provide adequate information, the ECU’s back-up
facility assumes a value corresponding to 60°C. The sensor itself can be tested only by having a Rover dealer check the complete system using the correct diagnostic equipment. Do not attempt to test the circuit using any other equipment, or the ECU will be damaged.
Removal
Cooling fan thermostatic switch
18 With the engine and radiator cold, either
drain the cooling system down to the level of the sender unit, or unscrew the expansion tank filler cap to release any remaining pressure and have a suitable plug ready that can be used to stop the escape of coolant while the switch is removed.
19 Disconnect the battery negative lead. 20 Disconnect the wiring connector from the
switch then rotate the locking ring to release it. Withdraw the switch and sealing ring from the radiator (see illustration).
Coolant temperature gauge sender unit
21 With the engine and radiator cold, either
drain the cooling system down to the level of the switch, or unscrew the expansion tank filler cap to release any remaining pressure and have a suitable plug ready that can be used to stop the escape of coolant while the unit is removed.
22 Disconnect the battery negative lead. 23 Disconnect the unit’s wiring connector
and unscrew the unit from the coolant outlet elbow.
Inlet manifold pre-heater temperature switch - carburettor engines
24 Refer to Chapter 4.
Thermostatically-operated vacuum switch - carburettor engines equipped with catalytic converters
25 Refer to Chapter 5.
Coolant temperature sensor - fuel injected engines
26 Refer to Chapter 4.
Refitting
Cooling fan thermostatic switch
27 On refitting, renew the sealing ring if it is
worn or compressed and carefully clean the radiator seat before pressing in the sealing ring and switch (see illustration). Refit the locking ring and rotate it to tighten it securely. Reconnect the switch and battery, then replenish the cooling system.
Coolant temperature gauge sender unit
28 On refitting, apply a suitable sealant to the
unit threads and tighten it to its specified torque wrench setting. Reconnect the unit and battery, then replenish the cooling system.
Inlet manifold pre-heater temperature switch - carburettor engines
29 Refer to Chapter 4.
Thermostatically-operated vacuum switch - carburettor engines equipped with catalytic converters
30 Refer to Chapter 5.
Coolant temperature sensor - fuel injected engines
31 Refer to Chapter 4.
10 Heater components -
removal and refitting
3
Removal
Heater unit
1 Drain the cooling system. 2 Working in the engine compartment,
slacken the hose clips and disconnect the heater feed and return hoses from the matrix outlets on the bulkhead. Disconnect the cable inner from the heater valve and free the cable outer from its retaining clip. Slacken and
Cooling, heating and ventilation systems 3•7
9.27 Cooling fan switch locking ring (A) thermostatic switch (B) and sealing
ring (C)
9.20 Remove cooling fan thermostatic switch and withdraw sealing ring
(arrowed)
9.10 Inlet manifold pre-heater temperature switch (carburettor engines)
3
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
remove the heater lower mounting nut which is situated just to the left of the matrix outlets
(see illustrations). 3 Working inside the vehicle, remove the
facia. 4 Slacken and remove the two retaining screws and remove the blower motor-to­heater unit duct (see illustration). On models equipped with air conditioning, the evaporator unit is fitted in place of the duct. It may be possible to gain the necessary clearance required to disengage the evaporator from the heater unit by removing the mounting brackets and nuts. If not, the evaporator must be removed. 5 Undo the screw securing the right-hand heater duct to the mounting bracket, then move the duct to the right to disengage it from the heater unit (see illustrations).
6 Undo the inertia switch retaining nut and disengage the switch from the steering column support bracket.
7 Release the wiring block connector from the right-hand end of the steering column support bracket and undo the fusebox
3•8 Cooling, heating and ventilation systems
10.5a Undo right-hand duct retaining screw (arrowed) . . .
10.2c . . . and free heater valve cable from retaining clip
10.2d Slacken and remove heater unit lower mounting nut
10.4 Remove blower motor-to-heater unit duct
10.2b Disconnect heater feed and return hoses . . .
10.2a Heater unit components
1 Heater case 2 Heater case clip 3 Face level/windscreen
duct 4 Floor level duct 5 Heater matrix 6 Heater matrix cover 7 Cable retaining clip
8 Floor level flap operating
lever
9 Clip 10 Floor level flap idler lever 11 Face level flap idler lever 12 Flap operating lever 13 Air mix flap operating lever 14 Air mix flap
15 Ambient air flap - centre
console vents
16 Distribution flap -
windscreen
17 Distribution flap - face
level vents
18 Distribution flap - floor
level vents
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
retaining nut. Slacken and remove the five support bracket retaining bolts and remove the bracket from the vehicle (see
illustrations). 8 Disconnect the air recirculation cable inner
from the flap and free the cable outer from the blower motor. 9 Prise out the stud securing the rear heater duct sleeve to the bottom of the heater unit, then slide the sleeve down to disengage it from the unit (see illustration). 10 Disconnect the wiring connectors from the heater control panel, then remove the two upper heater unit retaining nuts and carefully manoeuvre the heater unit out of the vehicle
(see illustrations).
Heater matrix
11 Remove the heater unit. 12 Undo the screw securing the matrix outlet
pipe bracket to the heater unit and remove the bracket (see illustration). 13 Slacken and remove the two matrix cover retaining screws, then remove the cover and withdraw the matrix from the heater unit (see
illustrations). 14 If the matrix is leaking, it is best to obtain
a new or reconditioned unit as home repairs are seldom successful. If it is blocked, it can sometimes be cleared by reverse flushing using a garden hose. Use a proprietary radiator cleaning product if absolutely necessary.
Cooling, heating and ventilation systems 3•9
10.7b Remove mounting bolts and
manoeuvre steering column mounting
bracket out of position
10.7a Release wiring connector from steering column support bracket and
remove fusebox nut (arrowed)
10.5b . . . and disengage duct from heater unit
10.13c . . . and withdraw matrix from heater unit
10.13b . . . then remove cover . . .
10.12 Undo retaining screw and remove matrix outlet pipe bracket
10.10b . . . and remove heater retaining nuts
10.10a Disconnect wiring from heater control panel . . .
10.9 Remove retaining stud and disengage rear heater duct sleeve from heater unit
10.13a Undo two matrix cover retaining screws . . .
3
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
Heater blower motor
15 Undo the two glovebox retaining screws
then partially withdraw the glovebox until access can be gained to the glovebox damper to facia screw. Undo the damper screw and remove the glovebox and damper (see
illustration). 16 Slacken and remove the four glovebox
support rail mounting bolts and remove the rail (see illustration). 17 Slacken and remove the two retaining screws and remove the blower motor-to­heater unit duct (see illustration). On models equipped with air conditioning, the evaporator unit is fitted in place of the duct. It may be possible to gain the necessary clearance
required to disengage the evaporator and remove the blower motor by removing the mounting brackets and nuts. If not, the evaporator must be removed. 18 Disconnect the air recirculation cable inner from the flap and free the cable outer from the blower motor. Disconnect the two blower motor wiring connectors (see
illustration). 19 Slacken and remove the three blower
motor mounting bolts and manoeuvre the blower unit out from underneath the facia (see
illustrations). 20 To remove the motor from the unit, undo
the four motor cover retaining screws, then disconnect the breather hose and lift off the
cover. Slacken and remove the three motor retaining bolts and withdraw the motor assembly from the blower unit. Undo the fan retaining nut and separate the fan and motor, noting the seal fitted between the two components (see illustrations).
Heater blower motor resistor
21 Remove the glovebox as described in
paragraphs 15 and 16. 22 Disconnect the wiring connector, then undo the two retaining screws and remove the resistor from the front of the motor assembly.
Heater valve
23 Working in the engine compartment,
disconnect the cable inner from the heater
3•10 Cooling, heating and ventilation systems
10.20c Undo motor retaining bolts and withdraw motor from unit
10.20b . . . and disconnect breather hose10.20a Remove motor cover retaining
screws (arrowed) . . .
10.19b . . . and remove unit from behind facia
10.19a Undo three blower motor mounting bolts (arrowed) . . .
10.18 Disconnect motor wiring connec­tors (A) and air recirculation cable (B)
10.17 . . . then remove blower motor-to­heater unit duct
10.16 Remove glovebox support rail . . .10.15 Glovebox damper retaining screw
(arrowed)
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
valve and free the cable outer from the retaining clip. 24 Slacken and remove the bolt securing the heater valve mounting bracket to the engine compartment bulkhead. 25 Either drain the cooling system or clamp the coolant hoses on each side of the coolant valve to minimise the loss of coolant. 26 Slacken the hose retaining clips, then disconnect both hoses from the coolant valve and remove the valve from the engine compartment. Mop up any spilt coolant immediately.
Refitting
Heater unit
27 Refitting is a reverse of the removal
procedure, noting the following:
a) Ensure that the heater ducts are securely
connected to the unit so that there are no air leaks or gaps.
b) Check the operation of all heater cables
before refitting the facia, ensuring that the relevant component moves smoothly from the fully open to the fully closed position. If necessary, adjustments can be made by releasing the relevant retaining clip and repositioning the cable outer.
c) Ensure that the heater hoses are correctly
reconnected and are securely held by the retaining clips.
d) Tighten the heater lower mounting nut to
the specified torque setting.
e) Refill the cooling system as described in
Chapter 1.
Heater matrix
28 Refitting is a reverse of the removal
procedure.
Heater blower motor
29 Refitting is a reversal of the removal
sequence, noting the following:
a) Ensure that the foam rubber seal is
refitted correctly so that the blower motor-to-bulkhead aperture is closed off.
b) Tighten the blower motor mounting bolts
to the specified torque setting.
c) Ensure that the air recirculation cable and
flap functions correctly before refitting the glovebox. If necessary, adjust by releasing the cable retaining clip and repositioning the cable outer.
Heater blower motor resistor
30 Refitting is a reverse of the removal
procedure.
Heater valve
31 Refitting is a reversal of the removal
procedure. On completion, check the heater cable operates smoothly and replenish the cooling system.
11 Heater ducts and vents -
removal and refitting
3
Removal
Facia ducts
1 Remove the facia.
2 The ducts are mounted on the facia
assembly and can be removed individually, once the retaining screws have been removed.
Heater unit ducts
3 The left-hand heater unit to blower
motor duct is removed as described in paragraphs 15 to 17 of Section 10. 4 To remove the right-hand duct, first remove the facia. Slacken and remove the retaining screw which secures the right-hand end of the duct to the mounting bracket and release the radio aerial from the retaining clips on the underside of the duct. The duct can then be manoeuvred out of position. 5 Removal of the lower ducts which supply air to the rear passenger footwells is a complex job, requiring the removal of the front seats, centre console and the various trim panels so that the floor carpet can be peeled back, and is therefore not recommended.
Centre console vents
6 Remove the centre console. 7 The vents can then be unclipped from the
rear of the front console section and removed.
Facia vents
8 The adjustable face-level vents can be
removed by prising them gently out of the facia until the clips are released, taking care not to mark the facia. 9 The door window demister vents, fitted to the sides of the facia, can also be prised out of position once the relevant door has been opened.
Refitting
10 Refitting is a reverse of the removal procedure.
12 Heater controls - removal,
refitting and adjustment
3
Removal
1 Remove the heater unit. 2 Disconnect the heater control cables from
the heater unit and unclip the control panel. Remove the panel assembly complete with cables (see illustrations).
Refitting and adjustment
3 Refit the heater control panel to the heater unit and reconnect the necessary control cables to their original positions. 4 Check the operation of the control cables, ensuring that they operate smoothly and move the necessary component from the fully open to the fully closed position. Adjustments can be made by releasing the cable retaining clip and repositioning the cable outer. 5 Once the necessary control cables are functioning correctly, refit the heater unit.
Cooling, heating and ventilation systems 3•11
10.20e . . . and lift off fan (seal arrowed)10.20d Remove fan retaining nut . . .
12.2b . . . and remove heater control panel with cables
12.2a Disconnect control cables from heater unit . . .
3
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
13 Air conditioning compressor
drivebelt - inspection,
adjustment and renewal
Refer to Chapter 1 (alternator drivebelt check).
14 Air conditioning refrigerant -
level check
Refer to Chapter 1.
15 Air conditioning system
components -
removal and refitting
3
Warning: The air conditioning system must be professionally discharged before carrying out
any of the following work. Cap or plug the pipe lines as soon as they are disconnected to prevent the entry of moisture.
Compressor
Removal
1 Remove the alternator/air conditioning
compressor drivebelt as described in Chap­ter 1. 2 Disconnect the air conditioning pipes from the compressor (see illustration). 3 Slacken and remove the four bolts securing the compressor to the mounting bracket and manoeuvre it downwards and away from the engine.
Refitting
4 Refitting is a reverse of the removal
sequence, tightening the compressor mounting bolts to the specified torque setting. Ensure that the compressor pipe unions are securely tightened then refit and adjust the drivebelt as described in Chapter 1. On completion, have the air conditioning system recharged by a refrigeration specialist or suitably-equipped Rover dealer.
Condenser
Removal
5 Remove the front bumper. 6 Slacken and remove the bolts securing the
power steering oil cooler to the body, then undo the bonnet lock mounting bracket bolts and position the lock assembly clear of the condenser unit. 7 Unscrew the air conditioning pipe union nuts from the condenser unit then disconnect the pipes. Discard the union pipe O-rings as these must be renewed whenever they are disturbed. 8 Slacken and remove the four retaining bolts and withdraw both the condenser upper mounting brackets. Release the condenser from its lower mounting points and manoeuvre it away from the vehicle.
Refitting
9 Prior to refitting, check the condenser lower
mounting rubbers for signs of damage or deterioration and renew as necessary. Renew the pipe union O-rings. 10 Refitting is a direct reversal of the removal procedure, tightening the pipe union nuts to the specified torque setting. On completion, have the air conditioning system recharged by a refrigeration specialist or a suitably equipped Rover dealer.
Condenser cooling fan
Removal
11 Drain the cooling system. 12 Disconnect the wiring connector from the
engine overheat switch, located in the top coolant hose, then slacken the clips securing the hose to the radiator and engine. Disconnect the hose from the radiator and engine and position it clear of the condenser so that it does not hinder removal. 13 Disconnect the condenser fan electrical wiring connector then undo the four fan cowling retaining nuts and manoeuvre the assembly out of the engine compartment.
14 To dismantle the assembly, first undo the fan retaining nut then lift the fan off the motor spindle. Undo the two screws which secure the motor assembly to the cowling then release the motor wiring and connector and separate the motor and cowling.
Refitting
15 Refitting is a reverse of the removal
procedure, noting the following points:
a) Ensure that the motor wiring is securely
retained by the cowling clips and is clear of the condenser fan.
b) Ensure that the radiator hose is securely
held by its retaining clips.
c) On completion, refill the cooling system.
Evaporator
Removal
16 Undo the three bolts which secure the
washer system reservoir to the engine compartment bulkhead and move the reservoir to gain access to the two evaporator union nuts. Slacken both the union nuts and disconnect the pipes from the evaporator. Remove the O-rings from the union nuts and discard them.
3•12 Cooling, heating and ventilation systems
15.2 Air conditioning system layout
1 Compressor 2 Condenser 3 Receiver drier 4 Evaporator
5 Heater unit 6 Blower unit 7 High pressure servicing
connection
8 Low pressure servicing
connection
9 Trinary switch
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
17 Working from inside the vehicle, undo the two glovebox retaining screws, then partially withdraw the glovebox until access can be gained to the glovebox damper-to-facia screw. Undo the damper screw and remove the glovebox and damper. 18 Slacken and remove the four glovebox support rail mounting bolts and remove the rail. 19 Undo the two evaporator bracket retaining bolts and remove both the brackets. 20 Disconnect the wiring connector from the right-hand side of the evaporator. 21 Slacken and remove the two evaporator mounting nuts and manoeuvre the unit out of position.
Refitting
22 Refitting is a reverse of the removal
procedure noting the following:
a) Ensure that the evaporator is correctly
joined to the heater unit and blower motor, so that there are no air leaks or gaps, then tighten the retaining nuts and bracket bolts securely.
b) Fit new O-rings to the pipe unions and
tighten the union nuts to the specified torque setting.
c) On completion, have the system
recharged by a refrigeration specialist or a suitably-equipped Rover dealer.
Receiver drier
Removal
23 Remove the left-hand headlamp and the
battery and battery tray. 24 Undo the two screws securing the air intake grille to the body. Disengage the grille from the resonator and remove it from the vehicle. Move the resonator to one side to gain access to the receiver drier. 25 Slacken the union nuts and disconnect the pipes from the receiver drier noting the O­rings which are fitted to the pipe unions. Discard the O-rings as they must be renewed whenever they are disturbed. The receiver drier unit unions must be capped immediately after they are disconnected and must remain capped until they are to be reconnected. If the receiver drier unit is left uncapped for any period of time it must be renewed.
26 Slacken the receiver drier clamp bolt then slide the unit out of the retaining clamp and remove it from the engine compartment.
Refitting
27 Refitting is a direct reversal of the removal
sequence, tightening the pipe union nuts to the specified torque setting. On completion, have the system recharged by a refrigeration specialist or suitably-equipped Rover dealer.
Trinary switch
Removal
28 Remove the front bumper. 29 Disconnect the wiring connector and
unscrew the switch from the air conditioning pipe. Remove the O-ring from the switch and discard it.
Refitting
30 Refitting is a reverse of the removal
procedure. Fit a new O-ring to the switch and tighten it to the specified torque setting. On completion, have the system recharged by a refrigeration specialist or suitably-equipped Rover dealer.
Cooling, heating and ventilation systems 3•13
3
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
4A
Chapter 4 Part A
Fuel and exhaust systems - carburettor engines
Accelerator cable - removal, refitting and adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Accelerator pedal - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Accelerator pedal switch - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Air cleaner air temperature control system - inspection and
component renewal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Air cleaner assembly - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Air cleaner filter element - renewal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Carburettor - diagnosis, overhaul and adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Carburettor - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Choke cable - removal, refitting and adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Exhaust manifold - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Exhaust system - inspection, removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Fuel gauge sender unit - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuel pump - testing, removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Fuel system - inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Fuel tank - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
General information and precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Inlet manifold - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Inlet manifold pre-heater - operation, removal and refitting . . . . . . . 15
4A•1
Contents
Specifications
Fuel pump
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mechanical, driven by eccentric on camshaft
Carburettor
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hobourn-SU constant-depression/variable choke
Designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . KIF 44
Carburettor number:
Without catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAC 10004 or 10025
With catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MAC 10011 or 10027
Throttle bore diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44.0 mm
Piston spring colour code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Red
Damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LZX 2337
Jet size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ZX 2237 (0.100 in)
Needle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BGZ
Needle valve seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LZX 1756
Fast idle speed - at choke control first detent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1200 rpm
Idle speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 850 ± 50 rpm
CO level at idle speed - engine at normal operating temperature:
Without catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 to 3.0 %
With catalytic converter - at gas sampling pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 to 3.0 %
Choke type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manual
Recommended fuel
Minimum octane rating:
Without catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 RON unleaded (ie: unleaded Premium) or 97 RON leaded
(ie: 4-star)
With catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 RON unleaded (ie: unleaded Premium)
Easy, suitable for novice with little experience
Fairly easy, suitable for beginner with some experience
Fairly difficult,
suitable for competent DIY mechanic
Difficult, suitable for experienced DIY mechanic
Very difficult,
suitable for expert DIY or professional
Degrees of difficulty
5
4
3
2
1
1 General information and
precautions
General information
The fuel system consists of a fuel tank mounted under the rear of the vehicle, a mechanical fuel pump and a carburettor. The fuel pump is operated by an eccentric on the camshaft and is mounted on the rear of the cylinder head. The air cleaner contains a disposable paper filter element and incorporates a flap valve air temperature control system which allows cold air from the outside of the vehicle and warm air from around the exhaust manifold to enter the air cleaner in the correct proportions.
The carburettor is the Hobourn SU­manufactured KIF type, a development by Rover of the previous HIF instrument. To reduce emissions and to improve driveability when the engine is cold, the inlet manifold is heated by the cooling system coolant and by an electric pre-heater system. Mixture enrichment for cold starting is by a manually­operated choke control.
The exhaust system consists of three sections which are the front pipe and front silencer box, the intermediate pipe and middle silencer box, and the tailpipe and main silencer box. The system is suspended throughout its entire length by rubber mountings. If a catalytic converter is fitted, the exhaust system consists of four sections, the catalytic converter being situated between the front pipe and the (much shorter) intermediate pipe.
Precautions
Fuel warning
Many of the procedures in this Chapter require the removal of fuel lines and
connections which may result in some fuel spillage. Before carrying out any operation on the fuel system, refer to the precautions given in Safety first! at the beginning of this Manual and follow them implicitly. Petrol is a highly dangerous and volatile liquid and the precautions necessary when handling it cannot be overstressed.
Unleaded petrol - usage
The information given in this Chapter is correct at the time of writing and applies only to petrol currently available in the UK. If updated information is required, check with a Rover dealer. If travelling abroad, consult one of the motoring organisations (or a similar authority) for advice on petrol types available and their suitability for your vehicle
The fuel recommended by Rover for the 214 and 414 models is given in Specifications, followed by the equivalent petrol currently on sale in the UK. RON and MON are different testing standards. RON stands for Research Octane Number (also written as RM); MON stands for Motor Octane Number (also written as MM, which is a different name for the same octane scale).
All Rover 214 and 414 models are designed
to run on 95 (RON) octane petrol. Super/Super Plus (unleaded) petrols can be used without modification. If nothing else is available, 4-star (leaded) petrol can only be used if the vehicle is not fitted with a catalytic converter. The only vehicles which must use unleaded petrol at all times are those with catalytic converters.
Catalytic coverters
Before attempting work on these items, carefully read the precautions listed in Part D of this Chapter.
2 Air cleaner filter element -
renewal
Refer to Chapter 1.
3 Air cleaner assembly -
removal and refitting
2
Removal
1 Release the two clips securing the air intake duct to the assembly, then undo the four screws securing the assembly to its mounting bracket. 2 Release the assembly from the intake duct and withdraw it until the thermac switch vacuum pipes can be reached. Make a note of the correct fitted positions of the pipes to ensure that they are correctly connected on refitting (yellow to the temperature control valve, red to the inlet manifold) then disconnect them and withdraw the air cleaner assembly (see illustration). 3 Check the condition of the O-ring around the carburettor inlet and renew it if worn or damaged.
Torque wrench settings Nm lbf ft
Fuel system
Carburettor retaining screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 7
Carburettor vent and air bleed pipe mounting nuts and bolts . . . . . . . . 9 7
Needle retaining (grub) screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7 to 2.3 1.3 to 1.7
Throttle disc retaining screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.80 to 1.14 0.59 to 0.84
Fuel pump mounting nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 7
Fuel tank hose retaining clip and union nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 7
Manifold temperature sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 11
Inlet manifold nuts and bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 18
Inlet manifold support stay bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 18
Exhaust system
Manifold retaining nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 33
Manifold shroud screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 4
System flange nuts:
Manifold-to-front pipe joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 37
All other joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 33
Front pipe mounting bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 11
4A•2 Fuel and exhaust systems - carburettor engines
3.2 Note colour-coding of thermac switch vacuum pipes before disconnecting
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
4 To remove the metal intake duct, disconnect the vacuum pipe from the air temperature control valve and slacken the intake hose retaining clamp (see illustration). Undo the fastener securing the duct to its mounting bracket and remove the metal duct, taking care not to lose the hot air intake connector hose which connects the duct to the exhaust manifold shroud.
5 To remove the air intake hose, it will first be necessary to remove the left-hand headlamp assembly so as to gain access to the two retaining screws. Remove the retaining screws securing the front of the hose to the body front panel then release the clip securing the ignition HT lead to the hose. If the metal intake duct is still in position, slacken the hose clamp then remove the hose from the engine compartment.
6 A resonator chamber is fitted to the intake hose to reduce the amount of induction noise. To remove the chamber, first remove the battery and battery tray. Disconnect the intake hose and release any relevant retaining clips from the resonator then remove the resonator from the engine compartment.
Refitting
7 Refitting is the reverse of the removal procedure. Ensure that the vacuum pipes are correctly reconnected and are not trapped as the assembly is refitted, then check that the assembly sits properly on the carburettor inlet before tightening the screws securely.
4 Air cleaner air temperature
control system - inspection
and component renewal
2
Inspection
1 The system is controlled by a thermac switch mounted in the air cleaner assembly. When the engine is started from cold, the switch is closed to allow inlet manifold depression to act on the air temperature control valve in the intake duct. This raises a vacuum servo in the valve assembly and draws a flap valve across the cold air intake,
thus allowing only (warmed) air from around the exhaust manifold to enter the air cleaner. 2 As the temperature of the exhaust-warmed air in the air cleaner rises, a bi-metallic strip in the thermac switch deforms and opens the switch to shut off the depression in the air temperature control valve assembly. The flap is lowered gradually across the hot air intake until, when the engine is fully warmed-up to normal operating temperature, only cold air from the front of the vehicle is entering the air cleaner. 3 To check the system, allow the engine to cool down completely, then slacken the intake hose retaining clamp and disconnect the hose from the metal intake duct. The flap valve in the duct should be securely seated across the hot air intake. Start the engine. The flap should immediately rise to close off the cold air intake and should then lower steadily as the engine warms up, until it is eventually seated across the hot air intake again. 4 To check the thermac switch, disconnect the vacuum pipe from the control valve when the engine is running and place a finger over the pipe end (see illustration). When the engine is cold, full inlet manifold vacuum should be present in the pipe. When the engine is at normal operating temperature, there should be no vacuum in the pipe. 5 To check the air temperature control valve, slacken the intake hose retaining clamp and disconnect the hose from the metal intake duct. The flap valve should be securely seated
across the hot air intake. Disconnect the vacuum pipe and suck hard at the control valve stub. The flap should rise to shut off the cold air intake. 6 If any component is faulty then it must be renewed.
Thermac switch - renewal
7 Remove the air cleaner assembly. 8 Release the lid retaining clips then remove the
lid and withdraw the air cleaner filter element. 9 Bend up the tags on the switch clip and remove the clip, then withdraw the switch and its seal (see illustration). 10 Refitting is the reverse of the removal procedure. Ensure that the switch mating surfaces are clean and that the switch and seal are correctly located before fastening the clip.
Air temperature control valve ­renewal
11 Disconnect the vacuum pipe from the air temperature control valve, then slacken the intake hose retaining clamp and disconnect the hose from the metal intake duct (see
illustration). 12 Release the two clips securing the air
intake duct to the air cleaner assembly and undo the fastener securing the duct to its mounting bracket. Withdraw the duct, taking care not to lose the hot air intake connector hose which connects the duct to the manifold shroud (see illustration).
Fuel and exhaust systems - carburettor engines 4A•3
4.9 Thermac switch is clipped into air cleaner assembly
4.4 Disconnect vacuum pipe from control valve to check operation of system
components
3.4 Slacken clamp to disconnect intake hose from air cleaner assembly metal
intake duct
4.12 Do not lose hot air intake connector hose when removing air cleaner metal
intake duct
4.11 Disconnecting vacuum pipe from air
temperature control valve - intake hose-to-
metal intake duct securing clamp
(arrowed)
4A
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
13 The air temperature control valve can be renewed only with the complete intake duct assembly. If a new intake duct assembly is being fitted, undo the four screws securing the hot air intake adaptor plate to the bottom of the duct and transfer the adaptor plate to the new duct. 14 Refitting is the reverse of the removal procedure.
5 Fuel system - inspection
Refer to Chapter 1.
6 Fuel pump - testing,
removal and refitting
2
Testing
1 To test the fuel pump on the engine, temporarily disconnect the outlet pipe which leads to the carburettor and hold a wad of rag over the pump outlet while an assistant spins the engine on the starter. Keep your hands away from the electric cooling fan. Regular spurts of fuel should be ejected as the engine turns. 2 The pump can also be tested by removing it. With the pump outlet pipe disconnected but the inlet pipe still connected, hold a wad
of rag by the outlet. Operate the pump lever by hand, moving it in and out. If the pump is in a satisfactory condition, a strong jet of fuel should be ejected.
Removal
3 Identify the pump inlet and outlet hoses then, using a pair of pliers, release the retaining clips and disconnect them from the pump. Place wads of rag beneath the hose unions to catch any spilled fuel and plug the hose ends to minimise fuel loss (see
illustration). 4 Slacken and remove the nuts and washers
securing the pump to the cylinder head. 5 Withdraw the fuel pump from the engine and remove the insulating block (see illustration).
Refitting
6 Refitting is the reverse of the removal procedure. Clean the mating surfaces and renew the insulating block if its sealing surfaces are marked or damaged. Tighten the pump mounting nuts to the specified torque wrench setting.
7 Fuel gauge sender unit -
removal and refitting
2
Removal
1 Disconnect the battery negative lead. 2 On 214 models, open the tailgate and
remove the parcel tray shelf. Fold the rear seats fully forwards then raise the luggage compartment carpet to gain access to the fuel sender unit access cover. 3 On 414 models, open the boot lid and lift up the luggage compartment carpet to gain access to the fuel sender unit access cover. 4 On all models, undo the three screws and remove the access cover from the floor (see
illustration). 5 Remove the sender unit wiring connector
rubber cover and disconnect the connector from the sender. 6 Unscrew the sender unit retaining ring by turning it in an anti-clockwise direction and remove it from the fuel tank. In the absence of the special Rover ring spanner, Service tool number 18G 1595 (see illustration), a pair of slip-jointed pliers will serve as an adequate substitute to slacken the ring. 7 Carefully lift the sender unit, taking great care not to bend or damage the sender float, and remove the sealing ring. Examine the sealing ring and renew it if it is worn or damaged.
Refitting
8 Refitting is the reverse of the removal procedure. Ensure that the tab on the sender unit is correctly engaged with the cutout in the fuel tank.
8 Fuel tank -
removal and refitting
3
Warning: Do not under any circumstances attempt to solder or weld a fuel tank.
Removal
1 Before removing the fuel tank, all fuel must be drained from the tank. Since a fuel tank drain plug is not provided, it is therefore preferable to carry out the removal operation when the tank is nearly empty. Before proceeding, disconnect the battery negative lead and syphon or hand pump the remaining fuel from the tank. 2 Chock the front wheels, then jack up the rear of the vehicle and support it on axle stands. Remove the left-hand rear roadwheel. 3 Undo the bolt then slacken and remove the two screws securing the cover fitted to the left-hand side of the fuel tank. Prise out the screw retaining plugs and remove the cover to
4A•4 Fuel and exhaust systems - carburettor engines
7.6 Using Rover special tool to remove fuel gauge sender unit
7.4 Undo three screws to remove fuel gauge sender unit access cover
6.5 Removing fuel pump and insulating block
6.3 Plug fuel hoses after disconnection -
pump inlet hose disconnected, outlet hose
arrowed
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
gain access to the fuel tank feed and return pipes (see illustration). 4 Using a suitable pair of pliers, release the retaining clip and disconnect the small section of return pipe hose from the fuel tank (see
illustration). 5 Slacken the fuel feed pipe union nut and
disconnect the pipe from the union. Undo the two union mounting bolts and free the union from the body (see illustration). 6 Disconnect the fuel tank wiring block connector from the main wiring harness. If the block connector cannot yet be reached, it may be disconnected as the tank is lowered out of position. 7 Slacken the clamp securing the filler neck hose to the tank and use a pair of pliers to release the filler neck breather pipe retaining clip (see illustration). Disconnect both the filler neck hose and breather pipe from the fuel tank. 8 Release the fuel tank breather, situated directly above the filler neck hose, from the vehicle body. 9 Slacken the tank retaining strap locknuts, then unscrew the lower locknuts and remove the straps whilst supporting the tank (see
illustration). 10 Lower the fuel tank out of position and
remove it from under the vehicle. 11 If the tank is contaminated with sediment or water, remove the sender unit and swill the tank out with clean fuel. If the tank is damaged or leaks, it should be repaired by a
specialist or alternatively renewed. Do not under any circumstances attempt to solder or weld a fuel tank.
Refitting
12 Refitting is the reverse of the removal procedure. Tighten all nuts and bolts to their specified torque wrench settings and ensure that all hoses are correctly routed and securely fastened so that there can be no risk of fuel leakage.
9 Accelerator cable - removal,
refitting and adjustment
2
Removal
1 Unscrew the four windscreen wiper motor mounting bolts to free the motor from the engine compartment bulkhead. 2 Slacken the accelerator cable locknuts and free the cable outer from its mounting bracket on the carburettor. Release the cable inner from the accelerator cam (see illustration). 3 Work back along the cable outer and release it from any retaining clamps and ties. 4 Working from inside the vehicle, undo the five right-hand lower facia panel retaining screws and remove the panel. 5 Release the cable from the upper end of the accelerator pedal and withdraw the cable from the engine compartment.
Refitting
6 Refitting is the reverse of the removal procedure. Tighten the windscreen wiper motor retaining bolts to the specified torque (Chapter 12). Prior to tightening the cable locknuts, adjust the cable as follows.
Adjustment
7 Slacken both locknuts then gently pull up on the cable outer until all free play is removed from the cable and the accelerator cam just starts to move. 8 Holding the cable in position, screw the upper locknut down until there is a gap of approximately 5.0 mm between the lower edge of the nut and the cable mounting bracket. Release the cable then have an assistant depress the accelerator pedal fully and check that the throttle opens fully and returns to the at-rest position when the pedal is released. If the throttle operation is correct, hold the upper locknut stationary and tighten the lower locknut securely.
10 Accelerator pedal -
removal and refitting
2
Removal
1 Working from inside the vehicle, undo the five right-hand lower facia panel retaining screws and remove the panel.
Fuel and exhaust systems - carburettor engines 4A•5
8.5 Feed pipe union mounting bolts (arrowed)
8.4 Fuel tank return pipe retaining clip (A) and feed pipe union nut (B)
9.2 Disconnecting accelerator cable from carburettor
8.9 Fuel tank mounting strap retaining locknut
8.7 Slacken filler neck hose retaining
clamp (A) and disconnect breather pipe (B)
8.3 Removing cover retaining bolt
(arrowed) and screw retaining plugs
4A
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
2 Release the accelerator cable from the upper end of the pedal and, using a pair of pliers, unhook the accelerator pedal return spring. 3 Prise off the circlip from the pedal pivot and withdraw the accelerator pedal from the mounting bracket.
Refitting
4 Refitting is a reverse of the removal procedure. Apply a smear of multi-purpose grease to the pedal pivot. On completion, adjust the accelerator cable.
11 Accelerator pedal switch -
removal and refitting
2
Removal
1 Working from inside the vehicle, undo the five right-hand lower facia panel retaining screws and remove the panel. 2 Using a suitable pair of pliers, unhook the accelerator pedal return spring from the pedal then disconnect the accelerator cable from the pedal. 3 Disconnect the wiring connectors from the accelerator pedal switch then prise off the C­clip and remove the switch from the mounting bracket. Note the wave washer fitted between the switch and bracket.
Refitting
4 Refitting is a reversal of the removal procedure.
12 Choke cable - removal,
refitting and adjustment
2
Removal
1 Remove the air cleaner assembly. 2 Free the choke cable outer from its
retaining clip on the carburettor and disconnect the cable inner from the choke cam (see illustration). 3 Work back along the cable outer and release it from any retaining clamps and ties. Prise the cable grommet out of the engine compartment bulkhead. 4 Working inside the vehicle, undo the five right-hand lower facia panel retaining screws and remove the panel. 5 Using a suitable small screwdriver, slacken and remove the choke knob grub screw then pull the knob off the cable. 6 Unscrew the choke cable retaining nut then release the cable from the facia and disconnect the choke switch wiring connectors. The cable can then be withdrawn from the engine compartment and removed from the vehicle.
Refitting
7 Refitting is a reverse of the removal procedure. On completion adjust as follows.
Adjustment
8 Have an assistant pull the choke control knob fully out and check that the choke cam opens fully. Push the choke knob fully in and check that the choke cam returns to the fully-off position so that there is clearance between the cam and the fast idle adjusting screw. Providing that the choke cam returns fully, there should be no free play present in the cable. 9 The cable is adjusted by releasing the carburettor clip and repositioning the cable outer.
13 Carburettor -
removal and refitting
4
Removal
1 Remove the air cleaner assembly. 2 Slacken the accelerator cable locknuts and
free the cable outer from its mounting bracket on the carburettor. Release the cable inner from the accelerator cam. 3 Free the choke cable outer from its retaining clip on the carburettor and disconnect the cable inner from the choke cam. 4 Make a note of the correct fitted positions of the two small bore vacuum pipes, to ensure they are correctly positioned on refitting, then disconnect them from the carburettor (see
illustration). 5 Using pliers, release the retaining clip and
disconnect the fuel feed hose from the carburettor. Place wads of rag around the union to catch any spilled fuel and plug the hose as soon as it is disconnected to minimise fuel loss. 6 Make a note of the correct fitted positions of the breather hoses then, where necessary, release the retaining clips and disconnect the three breather hoses from the carburettor. 7 Disconnect the wiring connector from the carburettor idle bypass solenoid (see
illustration). 8 Unscrew the four Torx screws securing the
carburettor manifold adaptor to the inlet manifold and remove the carburettor assembly from the vehicle (see illustrations). Remove the gasket and discard it, as a new one must be used on refitting. Plug the inlet
4A•6 Fuel and exhaust systems - carburettor engines
13.8b . . . and remove carburettor assembly
13.8a Unscrew upper-to-lower inlet manifold Torx screws . . .
13.7 Note connections before
disconnecting idle bypass solenoid wiring
13.4 Breather hose (A), float chamber vent and full load air bleed hoses (B), idle
bypass solenoid wiring (C) and fuel pump
outlet hose (D)
12.2 Releasing clip to disconnect choke
cable from carburettor - fast idle adjusting
screw arrowed
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
port with a wad of clean cloth to prevent the possible entry of foreign matter.
Refitting
9 Refitting is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following:
a) Ensure the carburettor and inlet manifold
sealing faces are clean and flat. Fit a new gasket and tighten the carburettor retaining screws to the specified torque.
b) Use the notes made on dismantling to
ensure all hoses are refitted to their original positions and, where necessary, are securely held by their retaining clips.
c) Adjust the choke cable and accelerator
cables.
d) Adjust the idle speed and mixture
settings.
14 Carburettor - diagnosis,
overhaul and adjustments
4
Diagnosis
1 The SU carburettor does not usually suffer from jet blockages and wear is usually only found between the needle and jet, although it is worth checking the fit of the piston in the suction chamber whenever the carburettor is dismantled. If the idle speed is too high and cannot be reduced by normal adjustment, it is worth checking the throttle disc overrun valve spring (if fitted). If this spring has weakened, the throttle disc must be renewed. 2 If a carburettor fault is suspected, always check first the following:
a) That the ignition timing is accurate. b) That the spark plugs are in good condition
and correctly gapped.
c) That the accelerator and choke cables are
correctly adjusted.
d) That the carburettor piston damper is
topped-up.
e) That the float chamber vent hose and
(especially if the mixture is very rich) the full load air bleed hose are clear.
f) That the air cleaner filter element is clean.
3 If the engine is running very roughly, check the compression pressures, bearing in mind the possibility that one of the hydraulic tappets might be faulty, thereby producing an incorrect valve clearance. 4 If careful checking of all of the above produces no improvement, the carburettor must be removed for cleaning and overhaul.
Overhaul
5 A complete strip-down of a carburettor is unlikely to cure a fault which is not immediately obvious without introducing new problems. If persistent carburation problems are encountered, it is recommended that the advice of a Rover dealer or carburettor specialist is sought. Most dealers will be able to provide carburettor re-jetting and servicing facilities and if necessary, it should be
Fuel and exhaust systems - carburettor engines 4A•7
14.8 SU KIF carburettor assembly
1 Piston damper 2 Suction chamber 3 C-clip 4 Piston 5 Piston spring 6 Needle retaining (grub)
screw 7 Needle spring 8 Needle 9 Needle guide
10 Idle speed screw 11 Spring 12 Idle speed adjusting knob 13 Throttle spindle seal 14 Screw 15 Throttle disc - with
overrun valve
16 Throttle spindle 17 Return spring 18 Fast idle lever 19 Lockwasher 20 Nut 21 Fast idle adjusting screw 22 Choke assembly 23 O-ring 24 Throttle return spring lever 25 Throttle lever 26 O-ring 27 Diaphragm 28 Idle air bypass screw 29 O-ring 30 Full load enrichment device 31 Spring 32 Idle bypass solenoid
33 Float pivot 34 Pivot seal 35 Carburettor body 36 O-ring 37 Jet adjusting screw 38 Fuel strainer 39 Float needle seat 40 Float needle 41 Float 42 Jet bearing 43 Jet bearing nut 44 Jet 45 Bi-metal lever assembly 46 Spring 47 Jet retaining screw 48 O-ring 49 Float chamber cover
4A
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
possible to purchase a reconditioned carburettor of the relevant type. 6 If it is decided to go ahead and service a carburettor, check the cost and availability of spare parts before commencement. Obtain a carburettor repair kit, which will contain the necessary gaskets, diaphragms and other renewable items. 7 When working on carburettors, scrupulous cleanliness must be observed and care must be taken not to introduce any foreign matter into components. Carburettors are delicate instruments and care should be taken not to disturb any components unnecessarily. 8 Referring to the relevent exploded view of the carburettor (see illustration on previous page), remove each component part whilst making a note of its fitted position. Make alignment marks on linkages, etc. 9 Reassemble the carburettor in the reverse order to dismantling, using new gaskets, O­rings, etc. Be careful not to kink any diaphragms.
Adjustments
Idle speed and mixture
10 Refer to Chapter 1.
Fast idle speed
11 Check the accelerator and choke cables
are correctly adjusted. 12 Warm the engine up to normal operating temperature and check that the idle speed and mixture are correctly set. 13 Pull out the choke control to the first detent position and check that the engine speed increases to the specified amount. 14 If adjustment is required, screw the fast idle adjusting screw in or out until the engine speed is correct.
Fuel level
15 The carburettor fuel level is adjusted by
bending the float arm to alter the float height, usually measured with the carburettor inverted. However, since the necessary information is not provided by the manufacturer, the vehicle should be taken to a Rover dealer or SU carburettor specialist if the fuel level is thought to be incorrect.
Jet adjustment
16 Accurate jet adjustment is not easy for the
inexperienced and can only be carried out using an exhaust gas analyser. If the jet adjustment is thought to be incorrect or is to be checked, owners without the required equipment and the skill to use it are advised to have the work carried out by a Rover dealer or SU carburettor specialist, otherwise proceed as follows. 17 Warm the engine up to normal operating temperature and check that the ignition timing, idle speed and mixture are correctly set and that the carburettor piston damper is topped-up, see Chapter 1. 18 Remove the tamperproof cap from the jet adjusting screw recess at the front left-hand corner of the carburettor body.
19 Counting the exact number of turns required to do so, screw the idle air bypass screw clockwise until it seats lightly, then start the engine, switch on the headlamps, heated rear window and heater blower motor (first speed only) and adjust the idle speed to 700 to 750 rpm. 20 Connect the exhaust gas analyser following its manufacturer’s instructions. 21 Turning the jet adjusting screw either way (clockwise to richen the mixture) by half a turn at a time and waiting for the analyser reading to respond and stabilise before making a further alteration, set the mixture to a base CO level of 5.5 % ± 0.5 %. When the analyser reading is steady at the correct level, switch off all electrical loads. 22 Screw the idle air bypass screw anti­clockwise by the number of turns previously noted to return it to its original setting, then set the true idle mixture to the specified value. 23 Stop the engine when the adjustment is correct, disconnect the test equipment and fit a new tamperproof cap to the jet adjusting screw recess.
Idle bypass system
24 As well as the carburettor idle air bypass
passage and screw, the system incorporates the solenoid and the accelerator pedal switch. 25 When the accelerator is closed and the ignition is switched on the solenoid is energised, its plunger being retracted to open the bypass passage. This allows air to bypass the carburettor piston and thus makes the idle mixture independent of the needle metering. Screwing in (clockwise) the idle air bypass screw reduces the amount of air bypassing the piston and richens the idle mixture. 26 As soon as the accelerator pedal is depressed, the accelerator pedal switch opens, the solenoid is de-energised and the bypass passage is shut off. 27 To check the system, listen closely by the carburettor while an assistant switches on the ignition and depresses and releases the accelerator pedal several times. The solenoid should be heard to be clicking in and out. 28 If no clicking is heard, remove the air cleaner assembly and use a meter or similar to check the solenoid earth and feed, see Chapter 12.
Use a meter to check that the accelerator pedal switch contacts open and close. If the solenoid or switch is faulty, then it must be renewed. Note that if trouble is encountered with an ignition system fuse blowing repeatedly, and the fault cannot otherwise be traced, the solenoid may be at fault.
15 Inlet manifold pre-heater -
operation, removal and refitting
2
Operation
1 The system incorporates the manifold PTC (Positive Temperature Coefficient) heater, the relay and the manifold temperature switch. 2 When the ignition is switched on and the engine is cold (coolant below 50°C), the relay­energising current flows through the closed manifold temperature switch contacts, which then closes the relay contacts and allows current to flow from the battery to the heater. This ensures that the inlet manifold is warm enough, even before the effect of the coolant heating becomes apparent, to prevent fuel droplets condensing in the manifold, thus improving driveability and reducing exhaust emissions when the engine is cold. 3 As soon as the engine warms up to temperatures above 50°C, the switch contacts open and the relay cuts off the power supply to the manifold heater. 4 If the engine suddenly develops flat spots when cold, the system may be faulty.
PTC heater
Removal
5 Drain the cooling system. 6 Apply the handbrake then jack up the front
of the vehicle and support it on axle stands. Access to the PTC heater can then be gained from underneath the vehicle, via the gap between the engine and engine compartment bulkhead. 7 Disconnect the wiring connector from the heater terminal then extract the heater retaining circlip. Withdraw the heater from the underside of the manifold (see illustrations).
4A•8 Fuel and exhaust systems - carburettor engines
15.7b . . . and remove PTC heater from inlet manifold - manifold removed for
clarity
15.7a Extract circlip . . .
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
Inspect the heater rubber seal for signs of damage or deterioration and renew if necessary.
Refitting
8 Refitting is the reverse of the removal
procedure. Ensure that the heater locating projection is correctly engaged in the manifold recess. On completion, lower the vehicle to the ground and refill the cooling system.
Pre-heater temperature switch
Removal
9 The pre-heater temperature switch is fitted to the underside of the inlet manifold (see illustration). Either drain the cooling system
or be prepared for some loss of coolant as the switch is unscrewed. 10 Release the wire retaining clip and disconnect the wiring connector from the switch. 11 Unscrew the switch from the manifold and withdraw it, then plug the opening to prevent the entry of dirt. If the cooling system has not been drained, work quickly to minimise coolant loss.
Refitting
12 Wipe clean the threads of the switch and
of the thermostat housing. If a sealing washer is fitted, renew it whenever it is disturbed to prevent leaks. If no sealing washer is fitted, apply a smear of sealant to the switch threads. 13 Refit the switch, working quickly if the
cooling system was not drained, and tighten it. Reconnect the wiring connector. 14 Replenish the cooling system.
Manifold heater relay
15 Refer to Chapter 12.
16 Inlet manifold -
removal and refitting
3
Note: The following procedure describes removal of the manifold with the carburettor. Access to some of the components concerned is much improved if the carburettor is first removed separately and if this is done, the following procedure should be amended as required.
Removal
1 Disconnect the battery negative terminal. 2 Remove the air cleaner assembly. 3 Drain the cooling system. 4 Disconnect the accelerator and choke
cables. 5 Slacken the retaining clamps and disconnect the coolant hoses from the inlet manifold. 6 Trace the float chamber vent hose and the full load air bleed hose from the carburettor down to their metal pipes then unscrew the nut and bolts securing the pipes to the cylinder block/crankcase. 7 Using pliers, release the retaining clip and
disconnect the fuel feed hose from the carburettor. Place wads of rag around the union to catch any spilled fuel and plug the hose as soon as it is disconnected to minimise fuel loss. 8 Disconnect the vacuum pipe from the distributor vacuum diaphragm unit and disconnect the breather hose from the cylinder head cover. 9 Slacken and remove the brake vacuum servo unit hose union bolt and disconnect the hose. Discard the hose union sealing washers which must be renewed whenever they are disturbed. 10 Disconnect the idle bypass solenoid wiring, making notes of the connections so that they can be correctly reconnected, then disconnect the wiring from the manifold pre­heater switch and heater which are situated on the underside of the manifold. 11 Undo the single bolt which secures each manifold support stay to the cylinder block/crankcase and slacken the bolts which secure the stays to the inlet manifold (see
illustrations). 12 Make a final check that all the necessary
fuel/breather hoses have been disconnected from the carburettor/manifold then unscrew the nuts and bolts securing the manifold to the cylinder head. Manoeuvre the manifold out of the engine compartment and discard its gasket.
Refitting
13 Refitting is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following (see illustrations):
a) Ensure that the manifold and cylinder
Fuel and exhaust systems - carburettor engines 4A•9
16.11b Inlet manifold support stay lower end bolt (arrowed)
16.11a Inlet manifold support stay upper end bolt (arrowed)
15.9 Inlet manifold pre-heater temperature switch location
16.13c Inlet manifold tightening sequence
- K8 engine
16.13b . . . and fit inlet manifold - less carburettor
16.13a Fit a new manifold gasket . . .
4A
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
head mating surfaces are clean and dry, then fit a new manifold gasket.
b) Working in the sequence shown, tighten
the manifold retaining nuts and bolts evenly to the specified torque wrench setting.
c) Ensure all relevant hoses are reconnected
to their original positions and are securely held (where necessary) by their retaining clips.
d) Renew the vacuum servo unit vacuum
hose banjo union sealing washers and
tighten the union bolt. e) Adjust the accelerator and choke cables. f) On completion, refill the cooling system.
17 Exhaust manifold -
removal and refitting
3
Removal
1 Disconnect the battery negative terminal. 2 Remove the air cleaner metal intake duct
assembly. 3 Firmly apply the handbrake then jack up the front of the vehicle and support it on axle stands. 4 Unscrew the nuts securing the exhaust front pipe to the manifold, then disconnect the pipe and collect the gasket. 5 Remove the four exhaust manifold shroud retaining screws and remove the shroud. 6 Unscrew the nuts securing the manifold to the cylinder head, then manoeuvre it out of the engine compartment. Remove the manifold gasket and discard it. 7 Examine all the exhaust manifold studs for signs of damage and corrosion. Remove all traces of corrosion and repair or renew any damaged studs.
Refitting
8 Refitting is the reverse of the removal procedure, noting the following (see illustrations):
a) Ensure that the manifold and cylinder
head sealing faces are clean and flat, then
fit a new manifold gasket. b) Working in the sequence shown, tighten
the manifold retaining nuts evenly to the
specified torque wrench setting. c) Tighten all other disturbed nuts and bolts
to their specified torque wrench settings
(where given).
18 Exhaust system - inspection,
removal and refitting
3
Note: If a catalytic converter is fitted to the exhaust system, remember that it is FRAGILE. Do not use hammers, mallets, etc. to strike any part of the system and take care not to drop it or strike the converter against anything while handling it.
1 On models not equipped with a catalytic converter the exhaust system is in three sections. All exhaust sections are joined by a flanged joint. If a catalytic converter is fitted, it is situated between the front pipe and the
intermediate pipe, with a flanged joint at each end. The front pipe then has a gas-sampling take off point which is fitted to permit mixture checks using an exhaust gas analyser (see illustrations).
4A•10 Fuel and exhaust systems - carburettor engines
18.1a Exhaust system components - without catalytic converter
1 Mounting rubber 2 Tailpipe 3 Nut 4 Heatshield 5 Bolt 6 Intermediate pipe
7 Mounting rubber 8 Nut 9 Gasket - front pipe to
intermediate pipe 10 Front pipe 11 Mounting rubber
12 Gasket - front pipe to
exhaust manifold 13 Nut 14 Bolt (stud replacement) 15 Plain washer
17.8b Exhaust manifold tightening sequence - K8 engine
17.8a Refitting exhaust manifold with new gasket
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
2 The exhaust system is suspended throughout its entire length by rubber mountings (see illustration).
Inspection
3 Refer to Chapter 1.
Removal
4 Each exhaust section can be removed individually or, alternatively, the complete system can be removed as a unit once the front pipe has been unbolted from the manifold and the system has been freed from all its mounting rubbers. 5 To remove the system or any part of the system, first jack up the front or rear of the vehicle and support it on axle stands. Alternatively position the vehicle over an inspection pit or on car ramps.
Front pipe
6 Remove the three nuts securing the front
pipe flange joint to the manifold and, where necessary, the two bolts securing the front pipe to its mounting bracket. Separate the flange joint and collect the gasket (see
illustration). 7 Free the pipe from its mounting rubber then
undo the three nuts securing the front pipe to the intermediate pipe/catalytic converter (as applicable) and manoeuvre the front pipe out from under the vehicle (see illustration).
Catalytic converter
8 Slacken and remove the two nuts securing
the catalytic converter to the intermediate pipe, then separate the flange joint and recover the gasket. 9 Undo the three nuts securing the converter to the front pipe then remove it from the vehicle.
Intermediate pipe
10 Slacken the two nuts securing the tailpipe
flange joint to the intermediate pipe and separate the flange joint. 11 Undo the three nuts securing the intermediate pipe to the front pipe, or the two nuts securing the pipe to the catalytic converter (as applicable). 12 Free the intermediate pipe from all its mounting rubbers and manoeuvre it out from under the vehicle.
Fuel and exhaust systems - carburettor engines 4A•11
18.1b Exhaust system components - with catalytic converter
1 Mounting rubber 2 Tailpipe 3 Nut 4 Heatshield 5 Bolt 6 Intermediate pipe 7 Mounting rubber 8 Nut 9 Gasket - catalytic converter
to intermediate pipe
10 Catalytic converter 11 Gasket - front pipe to
catalytic converter 12 Front pipe 13 Nut 14 Mounting rubber 15 Gas sampling pipe - open
loop system
16 Gas sampling pipe sealing
screw - open loop system
17 Blanking plug - closed
loop system
18 Gasket - front pipe to
exhaust manifold 19 Nut 20 Bolt (stud replacement) 21 Plain washer
18.7 Front pipe-to-intermediate pipe flange joint and mounting rubber
18.6 Front pipe-to-manifold flange joint18.2 Exhaust system rubber mounting
4A
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
Tailpipe
13 Remove the two nuts securing the tailpipe
flange joint to the intermediate pipe and separate the joint (see illustration). 14 Unhook the tailpipe from its three mounting rubbers and remove it from the vehicle. 15 If the threads of the intermediate pipe to tailpipe studs are damaged, or the studs snap when the nuts are being undone, the studs can be knocked out of position and replaced with bolts.
Refitting
16 Each section is refitted by a reverse of the removal sequence, noting the following:
a) Ensure that all traces of corrosion have
been removed from the flanges. b) Renew all necessary gaskets. c) Inspect all rubber mountings for signs of
damage or deterioration and renew as
necessary. d) Tighten all flange nuts by hand only
to locate the disturbed section in
position, then ensure all exhaust
system rubber mountings are correctly
seated. e) Check that there is adequate clearance
between the exhaust system and vehicle
underbody before tightening all flange
nuts to the specified torque.
4A•12 Fuel and exhaust systems - carburettor engines
18.13 Tailpipe-to-intermediate flange joint
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
4B
Chapter 4 Part B Fuel and exhaust systems ­single-point fuel injection engines
Accelerator cable - removal, refitting and adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Accelerator pedal - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Air cleaner assembly - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Air cleaner air temperature control system - inspection and
component renewal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Air cleaner filter element - renewal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Exhaust manifold - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Exhaust system - inspection, removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Fuel gauge sender unit - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Fuel injection system components - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . 15
Fuel injection system components - testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Fuel pump - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Fuel system - depressurisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Fuel system - inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Fuel system - pressure check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fuel tank - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
General information and precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Inlet manifold pre-heater - operation, removal and refitting . . . . . . . 16
Inlet manifold - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Throttle housing - removal and refitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
4B•1
Contents
Specifications
System
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rover/Motorola Modular Engine Management System, using ECU-
controlled single-point injection (MEMS-SPi) and speed/density method of airflow measurement
MEMS-SPi system data
Fuel pump type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electric, immersed in fuel tank
Fuel pump pressure:
Maximum - at 16 volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7 bar
Regulated constant pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0 to 1.2 bar
Injector/pressure regulator assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JZX 3028
Throttle potentiometer voltage:
Throttle closed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 to 1 volt
Throttle open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 to 5 volts
Idle speed - nominal value given for reference purposes only . . . . . . . . 850 ± 50 rpm
CO level at idle speed - engine at normal operating temperature:
Without catalytic converter - at tailpipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 to 2.0 %
With catalytic converter - at gas-sampling pipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.5 to 2.0 %
Recommended fuel
Minimum octane rating:
Without catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 RON unleaded (ie: unleaded Premium) or 97 RON leaded
(ie: 4-star)
With catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 RON unleaded (ie: unleaded Premium)
Easy, suitable for novice with little experience
Fairly easy, suitable for beginner with some experience
Fairly difficult,
suitable for competent DIY mechanic
Difficult, suitable for experienced DIY mechanic
Very difficult,
suitable for expert DIY or professional
Degrees of difficulty
5
4
3
2
1
Torque wrench settings Nm lbf ft
Fuel system
Injector housing fuel pipe union nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 18
Injector housing fuel pipe adaptors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 18
Injector housing screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4
Throttle housing retaining nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 13
Fuel system pressure release bolt - models without catalytic converter12 9
Fuel pump retaining nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 7
Vent valve and hose retaining nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 7
ECU retaining nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 7
Intake air temperature sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 5
Coolant temperature sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 11
Inlet manifold nuts and bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 18
Inlet manifold support stay bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 18
Exhaust system
Oxygen (lambda) sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 41
Exhaust manifold retaining nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 33
Exhaust manifold shroud screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 4
Exhaust system flange nuts:
Manifold-to-front pipe joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 37
All other joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 33
Exhaust front pipe mounting bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 11
4B•2 Fuel and exhaust systems - single-point fuel injection engines
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
1 General information and
precautions
General information
The fuel system consists of a fuel tank mounted under the rear of the vehicle with an electric fuel pump immersed in it, a fuel filter, fuel feed and return lines and the throttle body assembly (which incorporates the single fuel injector and the fuel pressure regulator), as well as the Engine Management Electronic Control Unit (ECU) and the various sensors, electrical components and related wiring. The ECU fully controls both the ignition system and the fuel injection system, integrating the two in a complete engine management system (see illustration). Refer to Chapter 5 for information on the ignition side of the system.
The Rover/Motorola Modular Engine Management System uses ECU-controlled single-point injection (MEMS-SPi) and the speed/density method of airflow measurement. The whole system is best explained if considered as three sub-systems which are, the fuel delivery, air metering and electrical control systems.
The fuel delivery system incorporates the fuel tank with an electric fuel pump, which is immersed in a swirl pot to prevent aeration of the fuel, inside it. When the ignition is switched on, the pump is supplied with current via the fuel pump relay, under the control of the ECU. The pump feeds petrol via a non-return valve (to prevent fuel draining out of the system components and back to the tank when the pump is not working) to the fuel filter and from the filter to the injector. Fuel pressure is controlled by the pressure regulator, which lifts to allow excess fuel to
1.0 Fuel and ignition system components - MEMS-SPi
1 Accelerator pedal
switch
2 Fuel cut-out inertia
switch 3 Fuel pump 4 Throttle
potentiometer 5 Fuel pressure
regulator 6 Injector 7 Stepper motor 8 Intake air temperature
sensor 9 Inlet manifold PTC
heater
10 Coolant
temperature
sensor
11 Distributor 12 Crankshaft sensor 13 Diagnostic connector 14 Engine management
ECU
15 Main relay 16 Fuel pump relay 17 Inlet manifold PTC
heater relay
18 Ignition HT coil 19 Lambda sensor -
models
equipped with
catalytic
converter
20 Lambda sensor relay -
models equipped with
catalytic converter
21 Purge valve (where
fitted)
22 Charcoal canister
(where fitted)
return to the tank swirl pot, where a venturi causes the returning fuel to draw cool fuel from the tank into the swirl pot. In the event of sudden deceleration (ie: an accident) an inertia switch cuts off the power to the pump so that the risk of fire is minimised from fuel spraying out of broken fuel lines under pressure.
The air metering system includes the intake air temperature control system and the air cleaner, but the main components are in the throttle body assembly. This incorporates the injector, which sprays fuel onto the back of the throttle disc, the throttle potentiometer, which is linked to the throttle disc spindle and sends the ECU information on the rate of throttle opening by transmitting a varying voltage, and the stepper motor, which is controlled by the ECU and operates the throttle disc spindle lever via a cam and pushrod to provide idle speed control. Note that there is no provision for adjustment of the idle speed except by reprogramming the ECU using Rover diagnostic equipment. If checking idle speed, remember that it will vary constantly under ECU control.
The electrical control system consists of the ECU, with all the sensors that provide it with information, and the actuators by which it controls the whole system’s operation. The ECU’s manifold absolute pressure sensor is connected, by hoses and a fuel (vapour) trap mounted in the air cleaner assembly, to the inlet manifold. Variations in manifold pressure are converted into graduated electrical signals which are used by the ECU to determine the load on the engine. The intake air temperature sensor is self-explanatory, the crank­shaft sensor gives it the engine speed and crankshaft position, the coolant temperature sensor gives it the engine temperature and the accelerator pedal switch tells it when the accelerator is closed. The throttle potentiometer is explained above and the lambda sensor (where fitted) in Part D of this Chapter. In addition, the ECU senses battery voltage (adjusting the injector pulse width to suit and using the stepper motor to increase the idle speed and, therefore, the alternator output if it is too low), incorporates short­circuit protection and diagnostic capabilities and can both receive and transmit information
via the diagnostic connector, thus permitting engine diagnosis and tuning by Rover diagnostic equipment. If either the coolant temperature sensor, the intake air temperature sensor or the manifold absolute pressure sensor circuits should fail to provide adequate information, the ECU has a back-up facility which assumes a value corresponding to a coolant temperature of 60ºC, an intake air temperature of 35ºC and an engine load based on the engine speed and throttle position. These are used to implement a back-up air/fuel mixture ratio.
All these signals are compared by the ECU, using digital techniques, with set values pre­programmed (mapped) into its memory. Based on this information, the ECU selects the response appropriate to those values and controls the ignition HT coil (varying the ignition timing as required), the fuel injector (varying its pulse width - the length of time the injector is held open - to provide a richer or weaker mixture, as appropriate), the stepper motor (controlling the idle and fast idle speeds), the fuel pump relay (controlling the fuel delivery), the manifold heater relay (controlling the inlet manifold pre-heater system) and the main relay, the purge control valve (where fitted) and the lambda sensor and relay (where fitted) accordingly. The mixture, idle speed and ignition timing are constantly varied by the ECU to provide the best settings for cranking, starting and engine warm-up (with either a hot or cold engine), idle, cruising and acceleration. A rev-limiter circuit is built into the ECU which switches off the injector earth (ie: the fuel supply) if engine speed exceeds 6860 rpm, switching it back on at 6820 rpm. The injector earth is also switched off on the overrun (coolant temperature above 80ºC, throttle pedal switch contacts closed, engine speed above 1500 rpm) to improve fuel economy and reduce exhaust emissions.
The ECU idle control is an adaptive system which learns the engine load and wear characteristics over a period of time and adjusts the idle speed to suit. If the ECU is renewed, or one from another vehicle is fitted, it will take a short period of normal driving for
the new ECU to learn the engine’s characteristics and restore full idle control.
To reduce emissions and to improve driveability when the engine is cold, the inlet manifold is heated by the cooling system coolant and by an electric pre-heater system. Mixture enrichment for cold starting is a pre­programmed function of the system.
The air cleaner contains a disposable paper filter element and incorporates a flap valve air temperature control system which allows cold air from the outside of the vehicle and warm air from the exhaust manifold to enter the air cleaner in the correct proportions.
The exhaust system is as described in Part A of this Chapter.
Precautions
Fuel injection system
Residual pressure will remain in the fuel lines long after the vehicle was last used, therefore extra care must be taken when disconnecting a fuel line hose. Loosen any fuel hose slowly to avoid a sudden release of pressure which may cause fuel spray. As an added precaution, place a rag over each union as it is disconnected to catch any fuel which is forcibly expelled.
Fuel usage
Refer to Part A of this Chapter.
Catalytic converters
Before attempting work on these items, carefully read the precautions listed in Part D of this Chapter.
2 Air cleaner filter element -
renewal
Refer to Chapter 1.
3 Air cleaner assembly -
removal and refitting
2
Removal
1 Release the two clips securing the air intake duct to the assembly, then undo the three screws securing the assembly to the throttle body (see illustration). 2 Release the assembly from the intake duct and withdraw it, collecting the throttle housing seal and the intake duct sealing ring (where fitted), then disconnect the following (see illustration):
a) The thermac switch vacuum pipes. These
are colour-coded (yellow to the temperature control valve, red to the inlet manifold).
b) The ECU manifold absolute pressure
sensor fuel trap vacuum hoses. These are colour-coded (green to the ECU, white to the inlet manifold).
c) The intake air temperature sensor wiring.
Fuel and exhaust systems - single-point fuel injection engines 4B•3
3.2 Thermac switch vacuum pipes (A), fuel trap vacuum hoses (B), intake air
temperature sensor wiring (C) and throttle
housing seal (D)
3.1 Releasing clips to separate intake duct from air cleaner
4B
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
3 Check the condition of the throttle housing seal and the intake duct O-ring (where fitted). Renew either if worn or damaged. 4 To remove the metal intake duct, refer to Section 4, paragraphs 3 and 4. 5 To remove the air intake hose it will first be necessary to remove the left-hand headlamp assembly, to gain access to the two retaining screws. Remove the two retaining screws and disconnect the duct from the body front panel, release the clip securing the ignition HT lead, then slacken the retaining clamp and unfasten the rubber strap to separate the cold air duct from the intake duct. Release the intake hose from the resonator T-piece and remove it from the engine compartment. 6 A resonator chamber is fitted to the intake hose to reduce the amount of induction noise. To remove the chamber, first remove the battery and battery tray. Disconnect the intake hose from the T-piece then remove the resonator T-piece. Release any relevant retaining clips from the resonator, then remove the resonator from the engine compartment (see illustrations).
Refitting
7 Refitting is the reverse of the removal procedure. Ensure that the vacuum pipes and hoses are correctly reconnected and are not trapped as the assembly is refitted, then check that the assembly sits properly on the throttle body before tightening the screws securely.
4 Air cleaner air temperature
control system - inspection
and component renewal
2
Inspection
1 Refer to Section 4 in Part A of this Chapter.
Thermac switch - renewal
2 Refer to Section 4 in Part A of this Chapter, removing the air cleaner assembly as described in the previous Section.
Air temperature control valve ­renewal
3 Disconnect the vacuum pipe from the air temperature control valve, then slacken the intake hose retaining clamp. Release the intake hose rubber retaining strap and disconnect the hose from the metal intake duct (see illustration). 4 Release the two clips securing the air intake duct to the air cleaner assembly and undo the bolt securing the duct to its mounting bracket (see illustration). Withdraw the duct, taking care not to lose the hot air intake connector hose which connects the duct to the exhaust manifold shroud. 5 The air temperature control valve can be renewed only with the complete intake duct assembly. If a new intake duct assembly is being fitted, undo the three screws securing
the hot air intake adaptor plate to the bottom of the duct and transfer the adaptor plate to the new duct. 6 Refitting is the reverse of the removal procedure.
5 Fuel system - inspection
Refer to Chapter 1.
6 Fuel system -
depressurisation
2
Warning: The following procedure will merely relieve the pressure in the fuel system.
Remember that fuel will still be present in the system components and take precautions accordingly before disconnecting any of them.
1 The fuel system referred to in this Section is defined as the tank-mounted fuel pump, the fuel filter, the fuel injector and the pressure regulator in the injector housing, and the metal pipes and flexible hoses of the fuel lines between these components. All these contain fuel which will be under pressure while the engine is running and/or while the ignition is switched on. The pressure will remain for some time after the ignition has been switched off and must be relieved before any of these components are disturbed for servicing work.
Models with a catalytic converter
2 On models equipped with a catalytic converter, the system is depressurised via the small bolt fitted to the fuel filter inlet (feed) union nut. 3 Position wads of rag around the union to catch the spilled fuel and slowly slacken the bolt. 4 Once all pressure has been released, remove the bolt. Inspect the sealing washer for signs of wear or damage and renew if necessary. 5 Refit the bolt and sealing washer to the union nut and tighten it securely.
Models without a catalytic converter
6 On models not fitted with a catalytic converter, the system is depressurised via the bolt in the metal fuel filter outlet pipe. 7 Position wads of rag around the pipe to catch the spilled fuel as the bolt is removed. Carefully slacken the bolt whilst holding the fuel pipe boss with an open-ended spanner to
4B•4 Fuel and exhaust systems - single-point fuel injection engines
4.4 Unfastening intake duct-to-support bracket retaining bolt
4.3 Unfastening cold air intake duct
rubber strap - vacuum pipe (A) and clamp
screw (B)
3.6b . . . then remove resonator3.6a Remove T-piece . . .
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
prevent any undue strain being placed on the fuel pipe (see illustration). 8 Once all pressure has been relieved, remove the bolt and inspect the sealing washer for signs of wear or damage and renew if necessary. 9 Refit the bolt and washer to the fuel pipe and tighten it to the specified torque wrench setting whilst using a spanner to counter-hold the pipe boss, to prevent the pipe or filter being damaged.
7 Fuel system - pressure check
1 The following procedure is based on the
use of the Rover pressure gauge and adaptor (Service tool numbers 18G 1500 and 18G 1500/3).
2 Depressurise the fuel system. 3 Unscrew the pressure release bolt and
screw in the adaptor, then connect the pressure gauge. 4 Turn the engine over on the starter motor. The pressure should reach the specified
value. Stop cranking the engine and watch the gauge. The pressure drop in the first minute should not exceed 0.7 bar. 5 If the pressure first recorded was too high, renew the pressure regulator, which means renewing the complete injector housing assembly. 6 If the pressure first recorded was too low or if it falls too quickly, check the system carefully for leaks. If no leaks are found, check the pump by substituting a new one, then recheck the pressure. If the pressure does not improve, the fault is in the pressure regulator and the complete injector housing assembly must be renewed. If this is the case, it is worth dismantling the regulator to check that the fault is not due to its being jammed open with dirt.
8 Fuel pump -
removal and refitting
3
Removal
1 Remove the fuel tank. 2 Release the clips securing the tank vent
hose to the fuel tank breather and fuel cut-off valve, then disconnect the hose. Undo the vent hose and valve retaining nuts, then disconnect the vent valve hose from the fuel pump and remove the vent hose and valve assembly from the tank (see illustration). 3 Disconnect the wiring connector from the fuel pump. 4 Slacken and remove the six fuel pump retaining nuts. Carefully withdraw the fuel pump assembly from the tank and remove the pump seal.
Refitting
5 Refitting is a reversal of the removal sequence, noting the following:
a) Renew the pump seal if there is any doubt
as to its condition.
b) Tighten all retaining nuts to the specified
torque setting.
c) Ensure that the vent hoses are correctly
connected and are securely held by any necessary retaining clips.
9 Fuel gauge sender unit -
removal and refitting
Refer to Section 7 in Part A of this Chapter.
10 Fuel tank -
removal and refitting
1 Refer to Section 8 in Part A of this Chapter. Note that the fuel system must be depressurised before any fuel hose is disconnected.
11 Accelerator cable - removal,
refitting and adjustment
2
Removal
1 Remove the four windscreen wiper motor mounting bolts to free the motor from the engine compartment bulkhead. 2 Slacken the accelerator cable locknuts and free the cable outer from its mounting bracket. Release the cable inner from the throttle cam
(see illustration). 3 Work back along the cable outer and
release it from any retaining clamps. 4 Working inside the vehicle, undo the five right-hand lower facia panel retaining screws and remove the panel. 5 Release the cable from the upper end of the accelerator pedal and withdraw the cable from the engine compartment.
Refitting
6 Refitting is the reverse of the removal procedure. Tighten the windscreen wiper motor retaining bolts to the specified torque
Fuel and exhaust systems - single-point fuel injection engines 4B•5
6.7 Slackening pressure release bolt to depressurise fuel system - non-catalyst
system
11.2 Disconnecting accelerator cable from throttle cam pulley
8.2 Fuel pump connections
4B
1689 Rover 214 & 414 Updated Version 09/97
3 Tank vent hose 4 Vent pipe nuts 5 Vent valve nut 6 Cut-off valve hose 7 Pump multiplug 8 Pump housing nuts 9 Pump housing seal
Loading...